ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORP
10-K, 1997-01-29
SPECIAL INDUSTRY MACHINERY, NEC
Previous: ENERGY VENTURES INC /DE/, SC 13G, 1997-01-29
Next: FAIR GROUNDS CORP, NT 10-K, 1997-01-29





                                 UNITED STATES
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-K
      FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d)
                    OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

    (X)  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

    For the fiscal year ended October 31, 1996

                                      OR

    ( )  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

    For the transition period from ________ to ________

                         Commission file number 1-6357

                      ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

               DELAWARE                                      13-2595091
     (State or other jurisdiction                        (I.R.S. Employer
    of incorporation or organization)                   Identification No.)

        10800 NE 8TH STREET
        BELLEVUE, WASHINGTON                                        98004
    (Address of principal executive offices)                     (Zip code)
    Registrant's telephone number, 
    including area code 206/453-9400

    Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                               NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE
      TITLE OF EACH CLASS                       ON WHICH REGISTERED
      -------------------                      ---------------------
    Common Stock ($.20 par value)             New York Stock Exchange
    Preferred Stock Purchase Rights           New York Stock Exchange

         Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all
    reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
    Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter
    period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) 
    has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 
              X  Yes           No
              ---           ---

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant
    to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be
    contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy
    or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this
    Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     (X)

         As of January 17, 1997, 8,518,800 shares of the Registrant's
    common stock were outstanding. The aggregate market value of such
    common stock held by non-affiliates at such date was $216,164,550
    (based upon the closing sales price of $25.375 per share).

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

    Portions of Annual Report to Shareholders for Fiscal Year ended
    October 31, 1996 -- Parts I, II and IV.

    Portions of Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the 1997 Annual
    Meeting of Shareholders, to be held on March 5, 1997 -- Part III.


    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND RISK FACTORS

         Certain statements in the Form 10-K and documents incorporated
    by reference contain forward-looking statements within the meanings
    of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section
    21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Such
    statements involve risks and uncertainties, certain of which are
    discussed below, regarding matters that could significantly affect
    expected results including information about industry trends, growth
    and backlog. Thus, these forward-looking statements may be materially
    different from actual future outcomes. The Company does not undertake
    any obligation to publicly release the results of any revisions that
    may be made to these forward-looking statements to reflect any future
    events or circumstances.

         Cyclicality of Business. The Company's business is susceptible to
    economic cycles and its results can vary widely based on a number of
    factors, including domestic and foreign economic conditions and
    developments affecting the specific industries and customers served.
    The products sold by most of the Company businesses represent capital
    investment or support for capital investment by either the initial
    customer or the ultimate end-user. Also, a significant portion of the
    sales and profitability of some Company businesses is derived from the
    telecommunications, computer and aerospace markets and defense and
    other government contracts. Changes in general economic conditions or
    conditions in these and other specific industries, capital acquisition
    cycles and government policies, collectively or individually, can have
    a significant effect on the Company's results of operations and
    financial condition. For example, in fiscal 1995, strong demand for the
    Automation Group's manufacturing equipment products, particularly at
    Excellon, was primarily responsible for the Company's sales increases.
    Subsequently in 1996, the Automation Group experienced a drop off due to
    uncertainty among automated manufacturing equipment users, while at the
    same time, the Aerospace Group was benefiting from improvements in the
    aerospace markets. There can be no assurance that such trends will
    continue at their current levels. 

         Dependence on Major Customers; Backlog. Certain of the Company's
    subsidiaries are dependent on a relatively small number of customers
    and defense programs which change from time to time. For example,
    Armtec is dependent on the U.S. Army. Significant customers in fiscal
    1996 included the U.S. Army, Snecma and Boeing. There can be no
    assurance that the Company's current customers will continue to buy
    the Company's products at their current levels. Moreover, orders
    included in backlog are generally subject to cancellation by the
    Company's customers. The inability to replace sales due to the loss
    of any major customer or defense program could have a material
    adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial
    condition.

         Dependence on Proprietary Technology. The Company's subsidiaries
    take precautionary steps to protect their technological advantages and
    rely in part on patent, trademark, trade secret and copyright law to
    protect their intellectual property. There can be no assurances that
    the precautionary steps taken by the Company will prevent
    misappropriation of its technology. Litigation may be necessary in the
    future to enforce the Company's patents and other intellectual property
    rights, to protect the Company's trade secrets, to determine the
    validity and scope of proprietary rights of others or to defend against
    claims of infringement or invalidity by others. Such litigation could
    result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could have a
    material adverse effect on the Company's operating results and
    financial condition.

         Risk of Foreign Operations. Foreign sales represented
    approximately 35% of the Company's total sales in fiscal 1996. Foreign
    sales are subject to numerous risks, including political and economic
    instability in foreign markets, restrictive trade policies of foreign
    governments, economic conditions in local markets, inconsistent product
    regulation by foreign agencies or governments, the imposition of
    product tariffs and the burdens of complying with a wide variety of
    international and U.S. export laws and differing regulatory
    requirements. To the extent that foreign sales are transacted in a
    foreign currency, the Company would be subject to the risk of losses
    due to foreign currency fluctuations. In addition, the Company has
    substantial assets denominated in foreign currencies which are not
    offset by liabilities denominated in such foreign currencies. These net
    foreign currency investments are subject to material changes in the
    event of fluctuations in foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar.

         Product Liability. The Company is subject to the risk of claims
    arising from injuries to persons or property due to the use of its
    products. Although the Company maintains general liability and product
    liability insurance, there can be no assurance that such insurance will
    be sufficient to cover any claims that may arise.

         Volatility of Stock Price. The trading price of the Company's
    Common Stock has from time to time fluctuated widely and in the future
    may be subject to similar fluctuations in response to
    quarter-to-quarter variations in the Company's operating results,
    announcements of technological innovations or new products by the
    Company or its competitors, announcements of marketing and distribution
    arrangements by the Company, general conditions in the industries in
    which the Company competes and other events or factors. In addition, in
    recent years broad stock market indices, in general, and the securities
    of technology companies, in particular, have experienced substantial
    price fluctuations. Such broad market fluctuations also may adversely
    affect the future trading price of the Common Stock.

         Risks Associated With Acquisitions. A key operating strategy of
    the Company is the pursuit of selective acquisitions. Although the
    Company reviews many possible acquisitions, including some outside of
    its current markets and acquisition criteria, the Company currently has
    no commitments or agreements to acquire any specific businesses or
    other material assets. There can be no assurance that any acquisition
    will be consummated, or if consummated, that any such acquisition will
    be successfully integrated or will not have a material adverse effect
    upon the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

         Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions. The Company's Restated
    Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and Bylaws contain provisions
    for a classified Board of Directors and restricting the ability of
    stockholders to call special meetings. These provisions could delay or
    impede the removal of incumbent directors and could make more difficult
    a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving the Company, even if
    such events might be favorable to the Company's stockholders. In
    addition, certain agreements to which the Company is a party, including
    loan and employment agreements, contain provisions that impose
    substantial penalties upon the Company in the event of a change of
    control.

         The Company's Stockholder Rights Plan is designed to cause
    substantial dilution to any "Acquiring Person" that attempts to merge
    or consolidate with, or that takes certain other actions affecting the
    Company on terms that are not approved by the Board of Directors of the
    Company. The Company is also subject to the "business combination"
    statute of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, the
    statute prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging
    various "business combination" transactions with any "interested
    stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the
    transaction in which such person became an "interested stockholder,"
    unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner.
    These provisions could discourage or make more difficult a merger,
    tender offer or other similar transaction, even if favorable to the
    Company's stockholders.


                                   PART I

    ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

         (a)  General Development of Business.

         Esterline Technologies Corporation, a Delaware corporation formed
    in 1967 (the "Company"), is a diversified manufacturing company that has
    strong market positions within, or in support of, a variety of general
    manufacturing industries, including electronic equipment, metal
    fabrication, commercial aerospace and defense. The Company conducts its
    operations through three business segments: its Automation Group,
    Aerospace and Defense Group, and Instrumentation Group. The six
    principal subsidiaries of the Company generated approximately 81% and
    82% of net sales and 81% and 83% of operating earnings in fiscal 1996
    and 1995, respectively. The six principal subsidiaries are Excellon
    Automation Co. ("Excellon") and W. A. Whitney Co. ("Whitney") in the
    Automation Group, Armtec Defense Products Co. ("Armtec") and Auxitrol
    S. A. ("Auxitrol") in the Aerospace and Defense Group, and Federal
    Products Co. ("Federal") and Korry Electronics Co. ("Korry") in the
    Instrumentation Group.

         The Company's senior management group joined the Company in 1987.
    In its efforts to improve shareholder returns, management has downsized
    and restructured the Company and navigated it through extended
    downturns in both the electronics capital goods and commercial
    aerospace and defense markets. Since October 31, 1989, senior
    management has reduced the Company's total debt from $172.1 million to
    $40.9 million at October 31, 1996. During February 1996, the Company
    completed a public offering (the "Public Offering") which generated
    funds that are available for general corporate purposes including the
    acquisition of companies.

         In August 1996, the Company acquired the assets of Mason Electric
    Co. which became a part of the Aerospace and Defense Group. Also during
    the year, the Company acquired a noncontrolling equity interest in a
    company and executed an agreement to acquire a product line. The
    Company is continuing its plan for growth through the acquisition of
    companies and product lines, the development of new products and the
    search for new applications of current products.

         (b)  Financial Information About Industry Segments.

         A summary of net sales to unaffiliated customers, operating
    earnings and identifiable assets attributable to the Company's business
    segments for the fiscal years ended October 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 is
    incorporated herein by reference to Note 13 to the Company's
    Consolidated Financial Statements on pages 44 and 45 of the Annual
    Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1996.

         (c) Narrative Description of Business.

         The Company consists of 13 individual businesses segmented into
    three groups. Specific comments covering all of the Company's business
    segments and operating units are set forth below.

    AUTOMATION GROUP

         The Automation Group consists of four subsidiaries of which
    Excellon and Whitney are the principal subsidiaries. In fiscal 1996 and
    1995, the Automation Group accounted for 42% and 44%, respectively, of
    the Company's net sales. Equipment Sales Co. ("ESCI") and Tulon Co. 
    ("Tulon") comprise the remaining members of the Automation Group.

      Excellon

         Excellon is a leading manufacturer of highly efficient automated
    drilling systems for the printed circuit board manufacturing industry.
    Excellon experienced significant growth during 1995 but experienced a
    drop off midway through 1996 due to uncertainty among automated
    manufacturing equipment users, especially in the printed circuit board
    ("PCB") industry, as they delayed capital purchase decisions.
    Nonetheless, growing capacity requirements of printed circuit board
    manufacturers and the proliferation of increasingly more complex boards
    is continuing to render older printed circuit board drilling machines
    obsolete, therefore providing continued demand for Excellon machines.
    As the number of electronic applications multiply, board designers are
    forced to integrate increasingly more functions into smaller packages,
    requiring more PCB holes, smaller holes and much tighter tolerances
    between holes. Management believes that its drilling systems enable its
    customers to achieve one of the lowest costs per hole, an increasingly
    important consideration in the cost-conscious electronics industry.

         Excellon's high levels of research and development expenditures
    are key to maintaining its important technology lead. Excellon's latest
    product developments are micro-drilling machines that automatically
    load or unload circuit boards in combination with fully integrated
    material handling systems. These drilling equipment systems, in
    combination with Excellon's powerful software, respond to customer
    needs for increased flexibility and smaller, shorter production runs in
    an automated production environment. These units feature a tool
    management system that provides access to 600 tools per spindle,
    integrated laser inspection for broken bits and full Z-axis control for
    precision depth drilling. Depending on the configuration ordered,
    Excellon's System 2000 machine, for example, can automatically load
    circuit board material onto one of five drilling stations, drill the
    board to exact pre-programmed specifications and then unload the
    finished boards. This level of automation translates into dramatic
    productivity advantages for Excellon's customers. An Excellon system
    can provide access to any function of the drilling machine, full
    process analysis traceability of system or operator performance and
    statistical process control. Its color touch-screen with easy-to-read
    menus available in nine different languages provides for ease of
    operation.

         In fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, printed circuit board drilling
    equipment accounted for 22%, 26% and 18% respectively, of the Company's
    consolidated net sales.

      Whitney

         Whitney designs and builds highly productive automated machine
    tool and material handling systems for cutting and punching sheet,
    plate and structural steel for construction, transportation,
    agricultural and mining equipment manufacturers and independent steel
    fabrication centers. Whitney produces equipment specifically designed
    for mid- to heavy-plate metal that enables manufacturers to meet rigid
    cut quality and accuracy standards. Whitney's computer-controlled heavy
    punching and cutting machines significantly reduce setup time, decrease
    work-in-process time and material handling and enable customers to
    utilize just-in-time production to lower inventory and costs.
    Management believes that Whitney's proprietary TRUECut(TM) oxygen
    plasma cutting technology virtually eliminates rejected parts and
    additional finish work, resulting in improved throughput and reduced
    cost per part. In its niche, Whitney is a leading supplier in the
    United States and has market positions in both Europe and Asia. Whitney
    continually evaluates new approaches to metal cutting such as laser
    technology, but to date has not found such technology to be competitive
    with Whitney's current systems in its market niche.

      Other

         ESCI acts as a sales representative for various manufacturers'
    products sold to the PCB assembly industry, including high-speed
    assembly equipment.

         Tulon produces tungsten carbide drill and router bits, commonly
    ranging in size from 7mm down to .25mm -- but some are as small as
    .10mm -- for use in PCB drilling equipment. Tulon utilizes computerized
    equipment which automatically inspects drill bits and provides the
    product consistency customers need for higher-technology drilling.
    Tulon's products can be used in drilling machines produced by other
    companies as well as the machines produced by Excellon.

      Backlog

         At October 31, 1996 the backlog of the Automation Group (all of
    which is expected to be filled during fiscal 1997) was $19.2 million
    compared with $35.9 million at October 31, 1995. The decrease was
    primarily attributable to uncertainty experienced by automated
    manufacturing equipment users.

    AEROSPACE AND DEFENSE GROUP

         The Aerospace and Defense Group consists of six subsidiaries
    of which Auxitrol and Armtec are the principal subsidiaries.  In
    fiscal 1996 and 1995, the Aerospace and Defense Group accounted for
    32% and 28%, respectively, of the Company's net sales.  Hytek
    Finishes Co. ("Hytek"), Midcon Cables Co. ("Midcon"), TA Mfg. Co.
    ("TA") and Mason Electric Co. ("Mason") comprise the remaining
    companies in the Aerospace and Defense Group. 

      Armtec

         Armtec manufactures molded fiber cartridge cases, mortar
    increments, igniter tubes and other combustible ammunition components
    for the United States Armed Forces and licenses such technology to
    foreign defense contractors and governments. Armtec currently is the
    only U.S. producer of combustible ordnance products utilized by the
    U.S. Army. These products include the 120mm combustible case used as
    the main armament system on the U.S. Army's M-1A1 and M-1A2 tanks, the
    60mm, 81mm and 120mm combustible mortar increments and the 155mm
    combustible case for artillery ammunition. As opposed to metal
    cartridge casings, Armtec's products are part of the ammunition
    propulsion system and are combusted when fired. In fiscal 1996, Armtec
    was designated by the U.S. Army as having the preferred technology for
    its new generation 155mm artillery system.

      Auxitrol

         Auxitrol, headquartered in France, manufactures high precision
    temperature and pressure sensing devices used primarily in aerospace
    applications; liquid level measurement devices for ships and storage
    tanks; pneumatic accessories (including pressure gauges and
    regulators); and industrial alarms. Auxitrol's principal customers are
    jet and rocket engine manufacturers, aerospace equipment manufacturers,
    shipbuilders, petroleum companies, processors and electric utilities.
    Exhaust gas temperature sensing equipment for a jet engine manufacturer
    constitutes a significant portion of Auxitrol's sales. Auxitrol also
    distributes products manufactured by others, including valves,
    temperature and pressure switches and flow gauges.

         In addition, Auxitrol manufactures electrical penetration devices
    for nuclear power plants under license for sale in territories which
    cover European and certain other foreign countries. These penetration
    devices permit electrical signals to pass through containment domes
    while maintaining pressure integrity and signal continuity. Auxitrol is
    also part of a joint venture with a Russian company to facilitate use
    of its penetration devices in nuclear plants for Eastern Europe.

      Other

         Hytek provides specialized metal finishing and inspection
    services, including plating, anodizing, polishing, nondestructive
    testing and organic coatings, primarily to the commercial aircraft,
    aerospace and electronics markets. Hytek also serves the semi-conductor
    industry using an automated tin-lead plating line which employs some of
    the most advanced automated plating technology available.

         Midcon manufactures electronic and electrical cable assemblies and
    cable harnesses for the military, government contractors and the
    commercial electronics market, offering both product design services
    and product assembly to customer specifications. Its proprietary cable,
    EverFlex(TM), uses an internally developed, patented design to provide a
    unique solution to significant problems in wiring applications
    involving vibration, abrasion and repetitive movement.

         TA designs and manufactures specialty clamps and elastomeric
    compounds in custom molded shapes for wiring and tubing installations
    for airframe and jet engine manufacturers as well as military and
    commercial airline aftermarkets. TA's products include proprietary
    elastomers which are specifically formulated for various extreme
    applications, including high-temperature environments on or near a jet
    engine.

         Mason was acquired in August 1996 and is the newest addition to
    the Aerospace and Defense Group. Mason primarily manufactures control
    sticks, grips and wheels to aerospace customer specifications. Mason
    also manufactures specialized switching systems for commercial and
    military aircraft as well as for land- based military vehicles such as
    tanks and missile launchers.

      Backlog

         At October 31, 1996 the backlog of the Aerospace and Defense Group
    (of which $16.1 million is expected to be filled after fiscal 1997) was
    $71.6 million, compared with $36.3 million at October 31, 1995. This
    strong increase is due to improving aerospace markets as well as the
    addition of Mason.

    INSTRUMENTATION GROUP

         The Instrumentation Group consists of three subsidiaries of which
    Federal and Korry are the principal subsidiaries. In fiscal 1996 and
    1995, the Group's net sales represented 26% and 28%, respectively, of
    the Company's net sales. Angus Electronics Co. ("Angus") is the other
    company in the Instrumentation Group.

      Federal

         Federal manufactures a broad line of high-precision analog and
    digital dimensional and surface measurement and inspection instruments
    as well as systems for a wide range of industrial quality control and
    scientific applications. Manufacturers use Federal equipment for direct
    shop-floor inspections to reduce costly rework at more advanced
    production stages. Federal's products include: dial indicators, air
    gauges, electronic gauges and other precision gauges where
    high-precision measurement is required; and custom-built and dedicated
    semi-automatic and automatic gauging systems. Distributed products
    manufactured by others include laser interferometer systems used
    primarily to check machine tool calibrations. Federal's equipment is
    used extensively in precision metal working. Its markets include the
    automotive, farm implement, construction equipment, aerospace, ordnance
    and bearing industries.

         In each of fiscal years 1996, 1995 and 1994, gauge products
    manufactured by Federal accounted for 12%, 12% and 13%, respectively,
    of the Company's consolidated net sales.

      Korry

         Korry is a market and technology leader in the manufacture of
    high-reliability electro-optical instrumentation components and
    systems, illuminated push button switches, indicators, panels and
    keyboards that act as human interfaces in a broad variety of control
    and display applications. Korry's products have been designed into many
    existing aircraft systems, and as a result, Korry enjoys a considerable
    spares and retrofit business. Korry's customers include original
    equipment manufacturers and the aftermarkets (equipment operators and
    spare parts distributors), primarily in the commercial aviation,
    airborne military, ground-based military equipment and shipboard
    military equipment markets. Korry's proprietary products provide its
    customers with a significant technological advantage in such areas as
    night vision -- a top defense priority -- and in the area of active
    matrix liquid crystal displays, a technology expected to have broad
    usage in commercial aerospace and military applications.

      Other

         Angus manufactures recording instruments together with other
    analytical, process and environmental monitoring instrumentation. These
    include analog strip chart and digital printout recorders as well as
    electronic and multi-channel microprocessor-based recording equipment.
    Customers of Angus include industrial equipment manufacturers, electric
    utilities, scientific laboratories, pharmaceutical manufacturers and
    process industries.

      Backlog

         At October 31, 1996, the backlog of the Instrumentation Group (of
    which $8.5 million is expected to be filled after fiscal 1997) was
    $36.4 million compared with $31.1 million at October 31, 1995. The
    Instrumentation Group's backlog is benefiting from the rising demands
    of customers in the aerospace markets.

    MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION

         For most of the Company's products, the maintenance of a service
    capability is an integral part of the marketing function. Each of the
    Company's separate operating units maintains its own separate and
    distinct sales force, outside representatives or distributor
    relationships. In particular:

         Automation Group products manufactured by Excellon are
         marketed domestically principally through employees and in
         foreign markets through employees and independent
         distributors. Whitney products are sold principally through
         independent distributors and representatives. 

         Aerospace and Defense Group products manufactured by Auxitrol
         are marketed through employees and independent
         representatives. Armtec's products are marketed domestically
         and abroad by employees and independent representatives.

         Instrumentation Group products manufactured by Federal and
         Korry are marketed domestically principally through employees
         and outside sales representatives and in foreign markets
         through both employees and independent representatives. 

    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

         Currently, the Company's subsidiaries conduct product development
    and design programs with approximately 145 professional engineers,
    technicians and support personnel, supplemented by independent
    engineering and consulting firms when needed. In fiscal 1996,
    approximately $15.4 million was expended for research, development and
    engineering, compared with $16.6 million in 1995 and $13.7 million in
    1994.

    FOREIGN OPERATIONS

         The Company's principal foreign operations consist of
    manufacturing facilities of Auxitrol located in France and Spain. In
    addition, other locations include a manufacturing facility of Tulon
    located in Mexico, sales and service operations of Excellon located in
    England, Germany and Japan, and sales offices of TA and Korry located
    in England and France, respectively. Whitney also has a small
    manufacturing and distribution facility in Italy. For further
    information regarding foreign operations, reference is made to Note 1
    to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 36, and Note 13 to the
    Consolidated Financial Statements on pages 44 and 45, of the Company's
    Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended October 31,
    1996, which is incorporated herein by reference.

    EMPLOYEES

         The Company and its subsidiaries had 3,137 employees at October
    31, 1996. Less than 10% of these employees were members of an organized
    labor union.

    GOVERNMENT CONTRACTS AND SUBCONTRACTS

         As a contractor and subcontractor to the United States Government,
    the Company is subject to various laws and regulations that are more
    restrictive than those applicable to non-government contractors.
    Although only 2% of the Company's sales are made directly to the United
    States Government, the Company's subcontracting activities account for
    approximately 9% of additional sales. Therefore, approximately 11% of 
    the Company's sales are governed by rules favoring the government's 
    contractual position. As a consequence, such contracts may be subject 
    to protest or challenge by unsuccessful bidders or to termination, 
    reduction or modification in the event of changes in government 
    requirements, reductions in federal spending, or other factors. The 
    accuracy and appropriateness of certain costs and expenses used to 
    substantiate direct and indirect costs of the Company for the United 
    States Government under both cost-plus and fixed-price contracts are 
    subject to extensive regulation and audit by the Defense Contract Audit 
    Agency, an arm of the United States Department of Defense.

    COMPETITION, PATENTS AND LEASES

         The Company's subsidiaries experience varying degrees of
    competition with respect to their products and services. The Company
    competes in most markets it serves with numerous other companies, many
    of which have far greater sales volume and financial resources. The
    principal competitive factors in the commercial markets in which the
    Company participates are product performance and service. Part of
    product performance requires expenditures in research and development
    that lead to product improvement on a rapid basis. The market for many
    of the Company's products may be affected by rapid and significant
    technological changes and new product introduction. Current competitors
    or new entrants could introduce new products with features that render
    the Company's products obsolete or less marketable. Excellon's
    principal competitors are Hitachi, Ltd. and Pluritec. Whitney's
    principal competitors are Cincinnati, Inc., Trumpf, Mazak and U.S.
    Amada. Auxitrol's principal competitors are Ametek and Rosemount.
    Federal's principal competitors are Starrett and Mitutoyo. Korry's
    principal competitors are Eaton-MSC and Ducommun Jay-El.

         The subsidiaries hold a number of patents but in general rely on
    technical superiority, exclusive features in their equipment and
    marketing and service to customers to meet competition. Licenses which
    help maintain a significant competitive advantage include a long-term
    license agreement under which Auxitrol manufactures and sells
    electrical penetration assemblies.

    SOURCES AND AVAILABILITY OF RAW MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS

         Due to the Company's diversification, the sources and availability
    of raw materials and components are not nearly as important as they
    would be for a company that manufactures a single product. However,
    certain components and supplies such as air bearing spindles purchased
    by Excellon and a few components purchased by Whitney and certain other
    raw materials and components purchased by other subsidiaries are
    purchased from a single source. In such instances, ongoing efforts are
    conducted to develop alternative sources or designs to help avoid the
    possibility of any business impairment.

    ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

         The Company is subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws,
    regulations and ordinances that (i) govern activities or operations
    that may have adverse environmental effects, such as discharges to air
    and water, as well as handling and disposal practices for solid and
    hazardous wastes and (ii) impose liability for the costs of cleaning
    up, and certain damages resulting from, sites of past spills, disposals
    or other releases of hazardous substances (together, "Environmental
    Laws").

         The Company's various operations use certain substances and
    generate certain wastes that are regulated as or may be deemed
    hazardous under applicable Environmental Laws, or for which the Company
    has incurred cleanup obligations. While the Company endeavors at each
    of its facilities to assure compliance with Environmental Laws, from
    time to time operations of the Company have resulted or may result in
    certain noncompliance with applicable requirements under Environmental
    Laws for which the Company has incurred cleanup and related costs.
    However, the Company believes that any such noncompliance or cleanup
    liability under current Environmental Laws would not have a material
    adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial
    condition.

         The Company has been identified as a potentially responsible party
    ("PRP"), pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
    Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended ("CERCLA"), and
    analogous state Environmental Laws, for the cleanup of contamination
    resulting from past disposals of hazardous wastes at certain sites to
    which the Company, among others, sent wastes in the past. CERCLA
    requires PRPs to pay for cleanup of sites from which there has been a
    release or threatened release of hazardous substances. Courts have
    interpreted CERCLA to impose strict, joint and several liability upon
    all persons liable for cleanup costs. As a practical matter, however,
    at sites where there are multiple PRPs, the costs of cleanup typically
    are allocated among the parties according to a volumetric or other
    standard. Although there can be no assurance, the Company believes,
    based on, among other things, a review of the data available to the
    Company regarding each such site, including the minor volumes of waste
    which the Company is alleged to have contributed, and a comparison of
    the Company's liability at each such site to settlements previously
    reached by the Company in similar cases, that it has adequately accrued
    for the estimated costs associated with such matters. Nonetheless,
    until the Company's proportionate share is finally determined at each
    such site, there can be no assurance that such matters, or any similar
    liabilities that arise in the future, will not have a material adverse
    effect on the Company's results of operations or financial condition.

         Liabilities have been accrued for environmental remediation costs
    expected to be incurred in the disposition of manufacturing facilities.
    No provision has been recorded for environmental remediation costs
    which could result from changes in laws or other circumstances
    currently not contemplated by the Company.

         (d)  Financial Information About Foreign and Domestic
              Operations and Export Sales.

              See "Foreign Operations" above.


    ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

         The following table summarizes the principal properties (in excess
    of 50,000 square feet) owned or leased by the Company and its
    subsidiaries as of October 31, 1996:

                                                Approximate
                               Type of           Number of      Owned
          Location            Facility          Square Feet   or Leased
          --------            --------          -----------   ---------
    Rockford, IL          Office and Plant (A)    257,000       Owned
    Providence, RI        Office and Plant (I)    166,000       Owned
    Torrance, CA          Office and Plant (A)    150,000       Leased
    Seattle, WA           Office and Plant (I)    138,000       Leased
    Coachella, CA         Office and Plant (D)    110,000       Owned
    Kent, WA              Office and Plant (D)     93,000       Owned
    Joplin, MO            Office and Plant (D)     92,000       Owned
    Bourges, France       Plant (D)                69,000       Owned
    Indianapolis, IN      Office and Plant (I)     63,000       Owned
    San Fernando, CA      Office and Plant (D)     52,000       Leased


         The Company group (business segment) operating each facility
    described above is indicated by the letter following the description of
    the facility, as follows:

         (A)- Automation
         (D)- Aerospace and Defense
         (I)- Instrumentation

         In addition to the properties listed above, a 64,000 square foot
    facility in Nashua, New Hampshire was sold in December 1996.
    Liabilities have been accrued for environmental remediation costs which
    could be incurred in the disposition of the New Hampshire facility.

    ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         In October 1995, the Company identified irregularities in the
    allocation of certain labor charges at its Armtec Defense Products
    subsidiary and is participating in the Department of Defense Voluntary
    Disclosure Program. Management believes that the eventual outcome of
    this issue will not have a material adverse effect on the financial
    position or future operating results of the Company.

         In addition, the Company has various lawsuits and claims, both
    offensive and defensive, and contingent liabilities arising from the
    conduct of business, including those associated with Government
    contracting activities, none of which, in the opinion of management, is
    expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial position
    or results of operations. Liabilities have been accrued for
    environmental remediation costs expected to be incurred in the
    disposition of manufacturing facilities. No provision has been recorded
    for environmental remediation costs which could result from changes in
    laws or other circumstances currently not contemplated by the Company.

    ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders during the
    fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended October 31, 1996.


                                  PART II

    ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
    STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         The following information which appears in the Company's Annual
    Report to Shareholders for fiscal 1996 is hereby incorporated by
    reference:

         (a)  The high and low market sales prices of the Company's
              common stock for each quarterly period during the fiscal
              years ended October 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively (page
              31 of the Annual Report to Shareholders).

         (b)  Restrictions on the ability to pay future cash dividends
              (Note 6 to Consolidated Financial Statements, page 40 of
              the Annual Report to Shareholders).

         No cash dividends were paid during the fiscal years ended October
    31, 1996 and 1995 as the Company continued its policy of retaining all
    internally generated funds to support the long-term growth of the
    Company and to retire debt obligations.

         On January 17, 1997, there were approximately 1,001 record holders
    of the Company's common stock.

         The principal market for the Company's common stock is the New
    York Stock Exchange.

    ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

         The Company hereby incorporates by reference the Selected
    Financial Data of the Company which appears on page 31 of the Company's
    Annual Report to Shareholders for fiscal 1996.

    ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
             CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The Company hereby incorporates by reference Management's
    Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial
    Condition which is set forth on pages 26-30 of the Company's Annual
    Report to Shareholders for fiscal 1996.

    ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

         The Company hereby incorporates by reference the Consolidated
    Financial Statements and the report thereon of Deloitte & Touche LLP,
    dated December 11, 1996, which appear on pages 32-47 of the Company's
    Annual Report to Shareholders for fiscal 1996.

    ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
             ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         None.


                                  PART III

    ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         (a)  Directors.

         The Company hereby incorporates by reference the information set
    forth under "Election of Directors" in the definitive form of the
    Company's Proxy Statement, relating to its Annual Meeting of
    Shareholders to be held on March 5, 1997, filed with the Securities and
    Exchange Commission and the New York Stock Exchange on January 17,
    1997.

         (b)  Executive Officers.

         The names and ages of all executive officers of the Company and
    the positions and offices held by such persons as of January 17, 1997
    are as follows:

           Name                 Position with the Company            Age
    ------------------          -------------------------            ---
    Wendell P. Hurlbut          Chairman, President and               65
                                  Chief Executive Officer
    Robert W. Cremin            Executive Vice President and          56
                                 Chief Operating Officer
    Robert W. Stevenson         Executive Vice President and          57
                                 Chief Financial Officer,    
                                 Secretary and Treasurer
    Larry A. Kring              Group Vice President                  56
    Stephen R. Larson           Group Vice President                  52
    Marcia J. M. Greenberg      Vice President, Human Relations       44

         Mr. Hurlbut has been Chairman, President and Chief Executive
    Officer since January 1993. From February 1989 through December 1992,
    he was President and Chief Executive Officer and a director. From June
    1988 to February 1989, he was President and Chief Operating Officer.
    From November 1987 to June 1988, he was Executive Vice President,
    Operations. From October 1978 to September 1989, Mr. Hurlbut served in
    various capacities ranging from Group Vice President to President and
    Chief Executive Officer of Criton Technologies. From November 1972 to
    October 1978 he served as President of Heath Tecna Aerospace Company.
    Mr. Hurlbut has a B.S. degree in Engineering from the University of
    Washington. Mr. Hurlbut is also a member of the Board of Directors of
    the National Association of Manufacturers.

         Mr. Cremin has been Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
    Officer since October 1996. From January 1991 to October 1996, he was
    Senior Vice President and Group Executive. From October 1987 to
    December 1990, he was Group Vice President. From July 1976 to September
    1989, Mr. Cremin served in various capacities ranging from Director,
    Program Analysis to Group Vice President of Criton Technologies. Mr.
    Cremin has a M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School and a B.S. degree
    in Metallurgical Engineering from Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn.

         Mr. Stevenson has been Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
    Officer, Secretary and Treasurer since October 1987. From March 1968 to
    September 1989, Mr. Stevenson served in various capacities ranging from
    Assistant Controller to Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
    Officer and Secretary of Criton Technologies. Mr. Stevenson has a M.B.A.
    from the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania
    and a B.A. degree from Stanford University.

         Mr. Kring has been Group Vice President since August 1993. From
    November 1978 to July 1993, he was President and Chief Executive
    Officer of Heath Tecna Aerospace Co., a unit of Ciba Composites
    Division, Anaheim, California. Mr. Kring has a M.B.A. from California
    State University at Northridge and a B.S. degree in Aeronautical
    Engineering from Purdue University. He is a director of Active Apparel
    Group, Inc.

         Mr. Larson has been Group Vice President since April 1991. From
    February 1978 to March 1991, he held various executive positions with
    Korry Electronics, a subsidiary of the Company, including President and
    Executive Vice President, Marketing. Mr. Larson has a M.B.A. degree
    from the University of Chicago and a B.S. degree in Electrical
    Engineering from Northwestern University.

         Ms. Greenberg has been Vice President, Human Resources since March
    1993. From January 1992 to February 1993, she was a partner in the law
    firm of Bogle & Gates, Seattle, Washington. From August 1984 to
    December 1991, she was an associate attorney with Bogle & Gates. Ms.
    Greenberg has a J.D. degree from Northwestern University School of Law
    and a B.A. degree from Portland State University.

    ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The Company hereby incorporates by reference the information set
    forth under "Executive Compensation" in the definitive form of the
    Company's Proxy Statement, relating to its Annual Meeting of
    Shareholders to be held on March 5, 1997, filed with the Securities and
    Exchange Commission and the New York Stock Exchange on January 17,
    1997.

    ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
    MANAGEMENT

         The Company hereby incorporates by reference the information with
    respect to stock ownership set forth under "Security Ownership of
    Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the definitive form of the
    Company's Proxy Statement, relating to its Annual Meeting of
    Shareholders to be held on March 5, 1997, filed with the Securities and
    Exchange Commission and the New York Stock Exchange on January 17,
    1997.

    ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         None.


                                  PART IV

    ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON
              FORM 8-K

         (a)(1) Financial Statements.

         The following consolidated financial statements, together with the
    report thereon of Deloitte & Touche LLP, dated December 11, 1996,
    appearing on pages 32-47 of the Company's Annual Report to Shareholders
    for fiscal 1996, are hereby incorporated by reference: 

                                                               Annual Report
                                                                Page Number
                                                               -------------
         Consolidated Statement of Operations Years ended
            October 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 . . . . . . .           32

         Consolidated Balance Sheet -- October 31, 1996 and
            1995                                                    33

         Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows -- Years ended
            October 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 . . . . . . .           34

         Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity --
            Years ended October 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 .           35

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . .        36-46

         Report of Independent Auditors . . . . . . . . .           47

         (a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules.

         The following additional financial data should be read in
    conjunction with the consolidated financial statements in the Annual
    Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1996:

         Independent Auditors' Report
         Schedule VIII  -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and
         Reserves, see page 21.

         (a)(3) Exhibits.

         Exhibit
         Number                          Exhibit
         -------                         -------
          3.1        Composite Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
                     Company as amended by Certificate of Amendment dated
                     March 14, 1990. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                     19 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
                     the quarter ended July 31, 1990.)

          3.2        By-laws of the Company, as amended and restated
                     December 15, 1988. (Incorporated by reference to
                     Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                     10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1988.)

          4.2        Form of Rights Agreement, dated as of December 9,
                     1992, between the Company and Chemical Bank, which
                     includes as Exhibit A thereto the form of Certificate
                     of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A
                     Serial Preferred Stock and as Exhibit B thereto the
                     form of Rights Certificate (Incorporated by reference
                     to Exhibit 1 to the Company's Registration Statement
                     on Form 8-A filed December 17, 1992.)

          10.1       Amendment of Lease and Agreement, dated March 11,
                     1959, between the City of Torrance, California, and
                     Longren Aircraft Company, Inc., as original lessee;
                     Lease, dated July 1, 1959, between the City of
                     Torrance and Aeronca Manufacturing Corporation, as
                     original lessee; and Assignment of Ground Lease, dated
                     September 26, 1985, from Robert G. Harris, as
                     successor lessee under the foregoing leases, to
                     Excellon Industries, Inc., relating to principal
                     manufacturing facility of Excellon at 24751 Crenshaw
                     Boulevard, Torrance, California. (Incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Annual
                     Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October
                     31, 1986.)

          10.4       Industrial Lease dated July 17, 1984 between 901
                     Dexter Associates and Korry Electronics Co., First
                     Amendment to Lease dated May 10, 1985, Second
                     Amendment to Lease dated June 20, 1986, Third
                     Amendment to Lease dated September 1, 1987, and
                     Notification of Option Exercise dated January 7, 1991,
                     relating to the manufacturing facility of Korry
                     Electronics at 901 Dexter Avenue N., Seattle,
                     Washington. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4
                     to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                     fiscal year ended October 31, 1991.)

          10.4a      Fourth Amendment dated July 27, 1994 to Industrial
                     Lease dated July 17, 1984 between Houg Family
                     Partnership, as successor to 901 Dexter Associates,
                     and Korry Electronics Co. (Incorporated by reference
                     to Exhibit 10.4a to the Company's Annual Report on
                     Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1994.)

          10.5       Industrial Lease dated July 17, 1984 between 801
                     Dexter Associates and Korry Electronics Co., First
                     Amendment to Lease dated May 10, 1985, Second
                     Amendment to Lease dated June 20, 1986, Third
                     Amendment to Lease dated September 1, 1987, and
                     Notification of Option Exercise dated January 7, 1991,
                     relating to the manufacturing facility of Korry
                     Electronics at 801 Dexter Avenue N., Seattle
                     Washington. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5
                     to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                     fiscal year ended October 31, 1991.)
               
          10.5a      Fourth Amendment dated March 28, 1994 to Industrial
                     Lease dated July 17, 1984 between Michael Maloney and
                     the Bancroft & Maloney general partnership, as
                     successor to 801 Dexter Associates, and Korry
                     Electronics Co. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                     10.5a to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                     the fiscal year ended October 31, 1994.)
               
          10.9       Note Agreement, dated as of July 15, 1992, among
                     Esterline Technologies Corporation, certain of its
                     subsidiaries, The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
                     Company and New England Mutual Life Insurance Company
                     relating to 8.75% Senior Notes due July 30, 2002 of
                     Esterline Technologies Corporation and certain of its
                     subsidiaries. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                     10.9 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
                     for the quarter ended July 31, 1992.)
               
          10.9a      Amendment to Note Agreement, executed as of October
                     31, 1993, to that certain Note Agreement, dated and
                     effective as of July 15, 1992 , among Esterline
                     Technologies Corporation, certain of its subsidiaries,
                     The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company and New
                     England Mutual Life Insurance Company relating to
                     8.75% Senior Notes due July 30, 2002 of Esterline
                     Technologies Corporation and certain of its
                     subsidiaries. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                     10.9a to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                     the fiscal year ended October 31, 1993.)
               
          10.10      Compensation of Directors. (Incorporated by reference
                     to first paragraph under "Other Information as to
                     Directors" in the definitive form of the Company's
                     Proxy Statement, relating to its 1997 Annual Meeting
                     of Shareholders to be held on March 5, 1997, filed
                     with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
                     New York Stock Exchange on January 17, 1997.)
         
          10.21      Credit Agreement executed and effective as of October
                     31, 1996 among Esterline Technologies Corporation and
                     certain of its subsidiaries, various financial
                     institutions and Bank of America, National Trust and
                     Savings Association, as Agent.
               
          10.22      Real Property Lease and Sublease, dated June 28, 1996,
                     between 810 Dexter L.L.C. and Korry Electronics Co.
               
          11         Schedule setting forth computation of earnings per
                     share for the five fiscal years ended October 31,
                     1996.
   
          13         Portions of the Annual Report to Shareholders for the
                     fiscal year ended October 31, 1996, incorporated by
                     reference herein.
               
          21         List of subsidiaries.
               
          23         Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

          27         Financial Data Schedule.

         Exhibit            Management Contracts or
         Number          Compensatory Plan Arrangements
         -------         ------------------------------
          10.13      Amended and Restated 1987 Stock Option Plan.
                     (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the
                     Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
                     quarter ended January 31, 1992.)

          10.15      Esterline Corporation Supplemental Retirement Income
                     Plan for Key Executives. (Incorporated by reference to
                     Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Annual Report on Form
                     10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1989.)

          10.16c     Esterline Corporation Long-Term Incentive Compensation
                     Plan, Fiscal Years 1993 through 1996. (Incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 10.16c to the Company's Annual
                     Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October
                     31, 1993.)

          10.16d     Esterline Corporation Long-Term Incentive Compensation
                     Plan, Fiscal Years 1994 through 1997. (Incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 10.16d to the Company's Annual
                     Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October
                     31, 1994.)

          10.16e     Esterline Technologies Corporation Long-Term Incentive
                     Compensation Plan, Fiscal Years 1995 through 1998.

          10.16f     Esterline Technologies Corporation Long-Term Incentive
                     Compensation Plan, Fiscal Years 1996 through 1999.

          10.19      Executive Officer Termination Protection Agreement.
                     (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the
                     Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
                     year ended October 31, 1992.)

          10.20c     Esterline Technologies Corporation Corporate
                     Management Incentive Compensation Plan for Fiscal Year
                     1997.

         (b)  Reports on Form 8-K.

         There were no Reports on Form 8-K filed during the fourth
    quarter of fiscal year 1996.



                                 SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this
    Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
    duly authorized.

                                  ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
                                              (Registrant)

                                  By  /s/ Robert W. Stevenson          
                                    ------------------------------------
                                          Robert W. Stevenson
                                       Executive Vice President,
                                   Chief Financial Officer, Secretary
                                   and Treasurer (Principal Financial
                                        and Accounting Officer) 

    Dated:   January 29, 1997

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
    1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on
    behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
    indicated.

    /s/ Wendell P. Hurlbut   Director, Chairman, President    January 29, 1997 
    ----------------------   and Chief Executive Officer      ----------------
     (Wendell P. Hurlbut)    (Principal Executive Officer)    Date

    /s/ Robert W. Stevenson  Executive Vice President,        January 29, 1997
    ----------------------   Chief Financial Officer,         ----------------
    (Robert W. Stevenson)    Secretary and Treasurer          Date
                             (Principal Financial and 
                             Accounting Officer)

    /s/ Gilbert W. Anderson  Director                         January 29, 1997
    -----------------------                                   ----------------
    (Gilbert W. Anderson)                                     Date

    /s/ John F. Clearman     Director                         January 29, 1997
    -----------------------                                   ----------------
    (John F. Clearman)                                        Date

    /s/ Edwin I. Colodny     Director                         January 29, 1997
    -----------------------                                   ----------------
    (Edwin I. Colodny)                                        Date

    /s/ E. John Finn         Director                         January 29, 1997
    ----------------------                                    ----------------
    (E. John Finn)                                            Date

    /s/ Robert F. Goldhammer Director                         January 29, 1997
    ----------------------                                    ----------------
    (Robert F. Goldhammer)                                    Date

    /s/ Jerome J. Meyer      Director                         January 29, 1997
    ----------------------                                    ----------------
    (Jerome J. Meyer)                                         Date

    /s/ Paul G. Schloemer    Director                         January 29, 1997
    ---------------------                                     ----------------
    (Paul G. Schloemer)                                       Date

    /s/ Malcolm T. Stamper   Director                         January 29, 1997
    ---------------------                                     ----------------
    (Malcolm T. Stamper)                                      Date



  REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

  To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors
  Esterline Technologies Corporation
  Bellevue, Washington

  We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Esterline
  Technologies Corporation as of October 31, 1996 and 1995, and for each
  of the three years in the period ended October 31, 1996, and have
  issued our report thereon dated December 11, 1996; such financial
  statements and report are included in your 1996 Annual Report to
  Shareholders and are incorporated herein by reference.  Our audits also
  included the financial statement schedule of Esterline Technologies
  Corporation, listed in Item 14.  This financial statement schedule is
  the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is
  to express an opinion based on our audits.  In our opinion, such
  financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic
  financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material
  respects the information set forth therein.

  /s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

  Seattle, Washington
  December 11, 1996




   ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
   SCHEDULE VIII--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
   (in thousands)

   For Years Ended October 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

                                                    Deduction for
                            Balance at   Additions   Purpose for   Balance
                            Beginning    Charged    which Reserve   at End
    Description              of Year     to Income   was Created   of Year
    -----------             ----------   ---------  -------------  -------
   Reserve for doubtful
    accounts receivable

   Year Ended October 31
   ---------------------
   1996                     $   4,117    $     782   $   (815)    $   4,084
                            =========    =========   =========    =========
   1995                     $   2,201    $   2,095   $   (179)    $   4,117
                            =========    =========   =========    =========
   1994                     $   2,417    $     117   $   (333)    $   2,201
                            =========    =========   =========    =========
   Restructuring reserves related to
        accounts receivable and inventory

   Year Ended October 31
   ---------------------
   1996                     $   1,195    $   --      $   --       $   1,195

   1995                     $   3,546    $   --      $ (2,351)    $   1,195

   1994                     $   3,890    $   --      $   (344)    $   3,546


                     ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
                   Form 10-K Report for Fiscal Year Ended
                              October 31, 1996

                             INDEX TO EXHIBITS

        Exhibit
        Number                   Exhibit                           Page No.
        -------                  -------                           --------
        3.1        Composite Restated Certificate of
                   Incorporation of the Company as amended
                   by Certificate of Amendment dated March
                   14, 1990. (Incorporated by reference to
                   Exhibit 19 to the Company's Quarterly
                   Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
                   July 31, 1990.)

        3.2        By-laws of the Company, as amended and
                   restated December 15, 1988. (Incorporated
                   by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the
                   Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                   the fiscal year ended October 31, 1988.)

        4.2        Form of Rights Agreement, dated as of
                   December 9, 1992, between the Company and
                   Chemical Bank, which includes as Exhibit
                   A thereto the form of Certificate of
                   Designation, Preferences and Rights of
                   Series A Serial Preferred Stock and as
                   Exhibit B thereto the form of Rights
                   Certificate (Incorporated by reference to
                   Exhibit 1 to the Company's Registration
                   Statement on Form 8-A filed December 17,
                   1992.)

        10.1       Amendment of Lease and Agreement, dated
                   March 11, 1959, between the City of
                   Torrance, California, and Longren
                   Aircraft Company, Inc., as original
                   lessee; Lease, dated July 1, 1959,
                   between the City of Torrance and Aeronca
                   Manufacturing Corporation, as original
                   lessee; and Assignment of Ground Lease,
                   dated September 26, 1985, from Robert G.
                   Harris, as successor lessee under the
                   foregoing leases, to Excellon Industries,
                   Inc., relating to principal manufacturing
                   facility of Excellon at 24751 Crenshaw
                   Boulevard, Torrance, California.
                   (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                   10.1 to the Company's Annual Report on
                   Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
                   October 31, 1986.)

        10.4       Industrial Lease dated July 17, 1984
                   between 901 Dexter Associates and Korry
                   Electronics Co., First Amendment to Lease
                   dated May 10, 1985, Second Amendment to
                   Lease dated June 20, 1986, Third
                   Amendment to Lease dated September 1,
                   1987, and Notification of Option Exercise
                   dated January 7, 1991, relating to the
                   manufacturing facility of Korry
                   Electronics at 901 Dexter Avenue N.,
                   Seattle, Washington. (Incorporated by
                   reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's
                   Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                   fiscal year ended October 31, 1991.)
                   Exhibit Number Exhibit Page No.

        10.4a      Fourth Amendment dated July 27, 1994 to
                   Industrial Lease dated July 17, 1984
                   between Houg Family Partnership, as
                   successor to 901 Dexter Associates, and
                   Korry Electronics Co. (Incorporated by
                   reference to Exhibit 10.4a to the Company's
                   sAnnual Report on Form 10-K for the
                   fiscal year ended October 31, 1994.)

        10.5       Industrial Lease dated July 17, 1984
                   between 801 Dexter Associates and Korry
                   Electronics Co., First Amendment to Lease
                   dated May 10, 1985, Second Amendment to
                   Lease dated June 20, 1986, Third
                   Amendment to Lease dated September 1,
                   1987, and Notification of Option Exercise
                   dated January 7, 1991, relating to the
                   manufacturing facility of Korry
                   Electronics at 801 Dexter Avenue N.,
                   Seattle, Washington. (Incorporated by
                   reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's
                   Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                   fiscal year ended October 31, 1991.)

        10.5a      Fourth Amendment dated March 28, 1994 to
                   Industrial Lease dated July 17, 1984
                   between Michael Maloney and the Bancroft
                   & Maloney general partnership, as
                   successor to 801 Dexter Associates, and
                   Korry Electronics Co. (Incorporated by
                   reference to Exhibit 10.5a to the Compan's
                   Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                   fiscal year ended October 31, 1994.)

        10.9       Note Agreement, dated as of July 15,
                   1992, among Esterline Technologies
                   Corporation, certain of its subsidiaries,
                   The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
                   Company and New England Mutual Life
                   Insurance Company relating to 8.75%
                   Senior Notes due July 30, 2002 of
                   Esterline Technologies Corporation and
                   certain of its subsidiaries.
                   (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                   10.9 to the Company's Quarterly Report on
                   Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 31,
                   1992.)

        10.9a      Amendment to Note Agreement, executed as
                   of October 31, 1993, to that certain Note
                   Agreement, dated and effective as of July
                   15, 1992 , among Esterline Technologies
                   Corporation, certain of its subsidiaries,
                   The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance
                   Company and New England Mutual Life
                   Insurance Company relating to 8.75%
                   Senior Notes due July 30, 2002 of
                   Esterline Technologies Corporation and
                   certain of its subsidiaries.
                   (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                   10.9a to the Company's Annual Report on
                   Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
                   October 31, 1993.)

        10.10      Compensation of Directors. (Incorporated
                   by reference to first paragraph under
                   "Other Information as to Directors" in
                   the definitive form of the Company's
                   Proxy Statement, relating to its 1997
                   Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held
                   on March 5, 1997, filed with the
                   Securities and Exchange Commission and
                   the New York Stock Exchange on January
                   17, 1997.)

        10.21      Credit Agreement executed and effective
                   as of October 31, 1996 among Esterline
                   Technologies Corporation and certain of
                   its subsidiaries, various financial
                   institutions and Bank of America,
                   National Trust and Savings Association,
                   as Agent.                                            26

        10.22      Real Property Lease and Sublease, dated
                   June 28, 1996, between 810 Dexter L.L.C.
                   and Korry Electronics Co.                           119 

        11         Schedule setting forth computation of
                   earnings per share for the five fiscal
                   years ended October 31, 1996.                       141

        13         Portions of the Annual Report to
                   Shareholders for the fiscal year ended
                   October 31, 1996, incorporated by
                   reference herein.                                   143
 
        21         List of subsidiaries.                               165
      
        23         Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.                   166

        27         Financial Data Schedule

        Exhibit              Management Contracts or
        Number           Compensatory Plan Arrangements
        -------          ------------------------------
        10.13      Amended and Restated 1987 Stock Option
                   Plan. (Incorporated by reference to
                   Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's Quarterly
                   Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
                   January 31, 1992.)

        10.15      Esterline Corporation Supplemental
                   Retirement Income Plan for Key
                   Executives. (Incorporated by reference to
                   Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Annual
                   Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
                   ended October 31, 1989.)

        10.16c     Esterline Corporation Long-Term Incentive
                   Compensation Plan, Fiscal Years 1993
                   through 1996. (Incorporated by reference
                   to Exhibit 10.16c to the Company's Annual
                   Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
                   ended October 31, 1993.)

        10.16d     Esterline Corporation Long-Term Incentive
                   Compensation Plan, Fiscal Years 1994
                   through 1997. (Incorporated by reference
                   to Exhibit 10.16d to the Company's Annual
                   Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
                   ended October 31, 1994.)                           

        10.16e     Esterline Technologies Corporation
                   Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan,
                   Fiscal Years 1995 through 1998.                    167

        10.16f     Esterline Technologies Corporation
                   Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan,
                   Fiscal Years 1996 through 1999.                    173

        10.19      Executive Officer Termination Protection
                   Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to
                   Exhibit 10.19 to the Company's Annual
                   Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
                   ended October 31, 1992.)

        10.20c     Esterline Technologies Corporation
                   Corporate Management Incentive
                   Compensation Plan for Fiscal Year 1997.            179




                                                              EXHIBIT 10.21
   
   
  
                                   CREDIT AGREEMENT
    
                             DATED AS OF OCTOBER 31, 1996
    
                                       AMONG
      
                          ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
                                        AND
                   CERTAIN OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES THAT ARE PARTY HERETO,
    
    
    
                            BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                               AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
                                      AS AGENT,
    
                                         AND
    
                    THE OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO
    
    
                                     ARRANGED BY
    
    
                                BA SECURITIES, INC.
 


     SECTION                                                   PAGE

                            TABLE OF CONTENTS


                             ARTICLE I
                            DEFINITIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

 1.01 Certain Defined Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
 1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
 1.03 Accounting Principles  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

                             ARTICLE II
                             THE CREDITS  . . . . . . . . . . . 20

 2.01 The Revolving Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
 2.02 Loan Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
 2.03 Procedure for Borrowing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
 2.04 Conversion and Continuation Elections  . . . . . . . . .  21
 2.05 Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Commitments  . . .  23
 2.06 Optional Prepayments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
 2.07 Cash Collateralization; Mandatory Prepayments of Loans .  23
 2.08 Repayment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
 2.09 Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
 2.10 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
      (a)  Agency Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
      (b)  Commitment Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
 2.11 Computation of Fees and Interest . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
 2.12 Payments by the Companies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
 2.13 Payments by the Banks to the Agent . . . . . . . . . . .  26
 2.14 Sharing of Payments, etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26

                            ARTICLE III
                       THE LETTERS OF CREDIT . . . . . . . . .  27

 3.01 The Letter of Credit Subfacility . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
 3.02 Issuance, Amendment and Renewal of Letters of Credit . .  28
 3.03 Existing Letters of Credit; Risk Participations, 
       Drawings and Reimbursements   . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
 3.04 Repayment of Participations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
 3.05 Role of the Issuing Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
 3.06 Obligations Absolute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
 3.07 Cash Collateral Pledge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
 3.08 Letter of Credit Fees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
 3.09 Uniform Customs and Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35


                            ARTICLE IV
             TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY  . . . . .  35

  4.01     Taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
  4.02     Illegality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
  4.03     Increased Costs and Reduction of Return  . . . . . . 36
  4.04     Funding Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
  4.05     Inability to Determine Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
  4.06     Reserves on Offshore Rate Loans  . . . . . . . . . . 38
  4.07     Certificates of Banks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
  4.08     Survival . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

                            ARTICLE V
                       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT   . . . . . . . . . 38

  5.01     Conditions of Initial Credit Extension . . . . . . . 38
           (a)     Credit Agreement; Notes  . . . . . . . . . . 39
           (b)     Resolutions; Incumbency  . . . . . . . . . . 39
           (c)     Organization Documents; Good Standing  . . . 39
           (d)     Legal Opinions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
           (e)     Certificate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
           (f)     Termination of Existing Facility . . . . . . 40
           (g)     Other Documents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
  5.02     Conditions to All Credit Extensions  . . . . . . . . 40
           (a)     Notice; Application  . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
           (b)     Continuation of Representations and 
                     Warranties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
           (c)     No Existing Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

                            ARTICLE VI
                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES  . . . . . .  41

  6.01     Corporate Existence and Power  . . . . . . . . . . . 41
  6.02     Corporate Authorization; No Contravention  . . . . . 41
  6.03     Governmental Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
  6.04     Binding Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
  6.05     Litigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
  6.06     No Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
  6.07     ERISA Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
  6.08     Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations  . . . . . . . . 43
  6.09     Title to Properties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
  6.10     Taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
  6.11     Financial Condition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
  6.12     Environmental Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
  6.13     Regulated Entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
  6.14     No Burdensome Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
  6.15     Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc. . 44
  6.16     Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
  6.17     Insurance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
  6.18     Swap Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
  6.19     Full Disclosure  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

                           ARTICLE VII
                   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS  . . . . . . . . . . . 45
                                                               
  7.01     Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45  
  7.02     Certificates; Other Information  . . . . . . . . . . 46  
  7.03     Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46  
  7.04     Preservation of Corporate and 
             Partnership Existence, etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . 47  
  7.05     Maintenance of Property  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 
  7.06     Insurance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 
  7.07     Payment of Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 
  7.08     Compliance with Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 
  7.09     Inspection of Property and Books and Records . . . . 49 
  7.10     Environmental Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 
  7.11     Use of Proceeds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 

                             ARTICLE VIII
                          NEGATIVE COVENANTS  . . . . . . . . . 49

  8.01     Limitation on Liens  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
  8.02     Disposition of Assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
  8.03     Consolidations and Mergers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
  8.04     Loans and Investments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
  8.05     Limitation on Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
  8.06     Transactions with Affiliates . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
  8.07     Use of Proceeds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
  8.08     Contingent Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
  8.09     [Intentionally omitted.] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
  8.10     Restricted Payments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
  8.11     ERISA  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
  8.12     Change in Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
  8.13     Change in Fiscal Year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
  8.14     [Intentionally omitted.] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
  8.15     Minimum Consolidated Net Worth . . . . . . . . . . . 56
  8.16     Maximum Leverage Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
  8.17     Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio  . . . . . . . . 56

                                ARTICLE IX
                             EVENTS OF DEFAULT  . . . . . . . . 57

  9.01     Event of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
           (a)     Non-Payment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
           (b)     Representation or Warranty . . . . . . . . . 57
           (c)     Specific Defaults  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
           (d)     Other Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
           (e)     Cross-Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
           (f)     Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings  . . . . . 58
           (g)     Involuntary Proceedings  . . . . . . . . . . 58
           (h)     ERISA  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
           (i)     Monetary Judgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
           (j)     Non-Monetary Judgments . . . . . . . . . . . 59
           (k)     Change of Control  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
           (l)     Loss of Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
           (m)     Adverse Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
           (n)     Guarantor Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
  9.02     Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
  9.03     Rights Not Exclusive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
  9.04     Certain Financial Covenant Defaults  . . . . . . . . 60

                             ARTICLE X
                             THE AGENT  . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

  10.01    Appointment and Authorization; "Agent" . . . . . . . 60
  10.02    Delegation of Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
  10.03    Liability of Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
  10.04    Reliance by Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
  10.05    Notice of Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
  10.06    Credit Decision  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
  10.07    Indemnification of Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
  10.08    Agent in Individual Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
  10.09    Successor Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
  10.10    Withholding Tax  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

                             ARTICLE XI
                            MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . 65

  11.01    Amendments and Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
  11.02    Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
  11.03    No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . 66
  11.04    Costs and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
  11.05    Indemnity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
           (a)     General Indemnity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
           (b)     Environmental Indemnity  . . . . . . . . . . 68
           (c)     Survival; Defense  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
           (d)     Existing Indemnification Rights  . . . . . . 68
  11.06    Payments Set Aside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
  11.07    Successors and Assigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
  11.08    Assignments, Participations, etc.  . . . . . . . . . 69
  11.09    Confidentiality  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
  11.10    Set-off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
  11.11    [Intentionally Omitted]  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
  11.12    Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, etc. . . 71
  11.13    Termination of the Facility A Commitment 
              under Existing Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
  11.14    Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 
  11.15    Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 
  11.16    No Third Parties Benefited . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 
  11.17    Governing Law and Jurisdiction . . . . . . . . . . . 72 
  11.18    Waiver of Jury Trial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 
  11.19    Guaranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 
           (a)     Guaranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 
           (b)     Separate Obligation  . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 
           (c)     Limitation of Guaranty . . . . . . . . . . . 74 
           (d)     Liability of Guarantor . . . . . . . . . . . 74 
           (e)     Consents of Guarantor  . . . . . . . . . . . 75 
           (f)     Guarantor's Waivers  . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 
           (g)     Financial Condition of Borrower  . . . . . . 77 
           (h)     Subrogation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 
           (i)     Subordination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 
           (j)     Continuing Guaranty  . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 
           (k)     Reinstatement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 
           (l)     Substantial Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 
           (m)     Knowing and Explicit Waivers . . . . . . . . 79 
  11.20    Entire Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 
  

                          SCHEDULES

      2.01             Commitments
      3.03             Existing Letters of Credit
      6.05             Litigation
      6.07             ERISA
      6.11             Permitted Liabilities
      6.12             Environmental Matters
      6.16             Subsidiaries and Minority Interests
      6.17             Insurance Matters
      8.01(a)          Permitted Liens
      8.05(b)          Permitted Indebtedness
      8.08(c)          Contingent Obligations
      11.02            Lending Offices; Addresses for Notices

                          EXHIBITS

      A                Form of Notice of Borrowing
      B                Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
      C                Form of Compliance Certificate
      D                Form of Legal Opinion of Companies  Counsel
      E                Form of Assignment and Acceptance
      F                Form of Promissory Note



                          CREDIT AGREEMENT
                          ----------------

         This CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of October 31, 1996, by
    and among ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
    (hereinafter referred to as "Esterline"); the Subsidiaries of Esterline
    listed on the signature pages hereof (together with Esterline,
    collectively, the "Companies" and each individually, a "Company"); the
    several financial institutions party to this Agreement (collectively
    called the "Banks" and individually called a "Bank"), and BANK OF
    AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as the Issuing Bank (as
    defined below) and as agent for itself, the Banks and the Issuing Bank
    (in such capacity, the "Agent").

         WHEREAS, each of the Companies (i) has requested the Banks to make
    available to it Loans (as hereinafter defined) on a committed revolving
    loan basis from time to time in an aggregate principal amount for all
    of the Companies not to exceed at any time outstanding the aggregate
    total of the Commitments (as hereinafter defined) as in effect from
    time to time, and (ii) has requested the Issuing Bank to issue Letters
    of Credit (as hereinafter defined) for its account in an aggregate
    amount for all of the Companies not to exceed at any time the L/C
    Commitment (as hereinafter defined).

         WHEREAS, the Banks have agreed severally to make available to the
    Companies a revolving credit facility and the Issuing Bank has agreed
    to issue the Letters of Credit, in each case upon the terms and
    conditions set forth in this Agreement;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements,
    provisions and covenants contained herein, the parties agree as
    follows:

                                 ARTICLE I

                                DEFINITIONS
                                -----------

         1.01 Certain Defined Terms. The following terms have the following
    meanings:

             "Acquisition" means any transaction or series of related
         transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or
         indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of
         the assets of a Person, or of any business or division of a
         Person, (b) the acquisition of in excess of 50% of the capital
         stock, partnership interests, membership interests or equity of
         any Person, or otherwise causing any Person to become a
         Subsidiary, (c) the power to elect, appoint, or cause the election
         or appointment of at least a majority of the members of the board
         of directors or similar governing body of such Person, or (d) a
         merger or consolidation or any other combination with another
         Person (other than a Person that is a Subsidiary) provided that
         any Company or its Subsidiary is the surviving entity.

             "Affiliate" means, as to any Person, any other Person which,
         directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is
         under common control with, such Person. A Person shall be deemed
         to control another Person if the controlling Person possesses,
         directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction
         of the management and policies of the other Person, whether
         through the ownership of voting securities, membership interests,
         partnership interests, by contract, or otherwise.

             "Agent" means BofA in its capacity as agent for the Banks
         hereunder, and any successor agent arising under Section 10.09.

             "Agent-Related Persons" means BofA and any successor agent
         arising under Section 10.09, together with their respective
         Affiliates (including, in the case of BofA, the Arranger), and the
         officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of
         such Persons and Affiliates.

             "Agent's Payment Office" means the address for payments set
         forth on Schedule 11.02 or such other address as the Agent may
         from time to time specify.

             "Agreement" means this Credit Agreement.

             "Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage" means, on any date, the
         per annum percentage amount set forth below based on the ratio of
         Consolidated Funded Debt to EBITDA as set forth in Esterline's
         quarterly or annual financial statements most recently delivered
         to the Agent under Section 7.01:

                   Consolidated                 Applicable Commitment
              Funded Debt to EBITDA                 Fee Percentage
              ---------------------             ---------------------
          Greater than or equal to                    0.3750%
          2.50 to 1.00

          Less than 2.50 to 1.00 but                  0.2500%
          greater than or equal to 1.50
          to 1.00

          Less than 1.50 to 1.00                      0.2000%

             The Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage will become effective
         two (2) Business Days after receipt by the Agent of the Compliance
         Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 7.02(a) in connection
         with the quarterly or annual financial statements most recently
         delivered to the Agent under Section 7.01. In the event that such
         Compliance Certificate is not timely delivered to the Agent when
         required under Section 7.02(a), the Applicable Commitment Fee
         Percentage will be 0.3750%, effective two (2) Business Days after
         the date such Compliance Certificate was due until two (2)
         Business Days after such Compliance Certificate is received by the
         Agent. The initial Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage, based
         upon Companies financial performance for the fiscal quarter ending
         April 30, 1996, is 0.2000%.

             "Applicable Margin" means, on any date:

                 (i) with respect to each Base Rate Loan outstanding on
             such date, 0.00% per annum; and

                 (ii) with respect to each Offshore Rate Loan outstanding
             on such date, the applicable margin (on a per annum basis) set
             forth below based on the ratio of Consolidated Funded Debt to
             EBITDA as set forth in Esterline's quarterly or annual
             financial statements most recently delivered to the Agent
             under Section 7.01:

             Consolidated Funded Debt to EBITDA           Applicable Margin
             ----------------------------------           -----------------
             Greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00                1.250%

             Less than 3.00 to 1.00 but greater than or           1.000%
             equal to 2.50 to 1.00

             Less than 2.50 to 1.00 but greater than or           0.875%
             equal to 2.00 to 1.00

             Less than 2.00 to 1.00 but greater than or           0.625%
             equal to 1.50 to 1.00

             Less than 1.50 to 1.00                               0.500%

         The Applicable Margin will become effective two (2) Business
         Days after receipt by the Agent of the Compliance Certificate
         delivered pursuant to Section 7.02(a) in connection with the
         quarterly or annual financial statements most recently delivered
         to the Agent under Section 7.01. In the event that such Compliance
         Certificate is not timely delivered to the Agent when required
         under Section 7.02(a), the Applicable Margin will be 1.250%,
         effective two (2) Business Days after the date such Compliance
         Certificate was due until two (2) Business Days after such
         Compliance Certificate is received by the Agent. The initial
         Applicable Margin with respect to Offshore Rate Loans, based upon
         Companies financial performance for the fiscal quarter ending
         April 30, 1996, is 0.500%.

             "Arranger" means BA Securities, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

             "Assignee" has the meaning specified in Section 11.08(a).

             "Attorney Costs" means and includes all fees and disbursements
         of any law firm or other external counsel, the allocated cost of
         internal legal services and all disbursements of internal counsel.

             "Bank" has the meaning specified in the introductory clause
         hereto. References to the "Banks" shall include the Issuing Bank
         in its capacity as such unless the context otherwise requires. For
         purposes of clarification only, to the extent that the Issuing
         Bank may have any rights or obligations in addition to those of
         the Banks due to its status as Issuing Bank, its status as such
         will be specifically referenced.

             "Bankruptcy Code" means the Federal Bankruptcy Reform Act of
         1978 (11 U.S.C. SECTION101, et seq.).

             "Base Rate" means, for any day, the higher of: (a) 0.50% per
         annum above the most recently announced Federal Funds Rate; and
         (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly
         announced from time to time by BofA in San Francisco, California,
         as its "reference rate." (The "reference rate" is a rate set by
         BofA based upon various factors including BofA's costs and desired
         return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used
         as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced
         at, above, or below such announced rate.)

             Any change in the reference rate announced by BofA shall take
         effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the
         public announcement of such change.

             "Base Rate Loan" means a Loan that bears interest based on the
         Base Rate.

             "BofA" means Bank of America National Trust and Savings
         Association, a national banking association.

             "Borrowing" means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Loans of
         the same Type made to any Company on the same day by the Banks
         under Article II, and may be a Borrowing or an L/C Borrowing and,
         other than in the case of Base Rate Loans and L/C Borrowings,
         having the same Interest Period.

             "Borrowing Date" means any date on which a Borrowing occurs
         under Section 2.03.

             "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or
         other day on which commercial banks in New York City or San
         Francisco are authorized or required by law to close and, if the
         applicable Business Day relates to any Offshore Rate Loan, means
         such a day on which dealings are carried on in the applicable
         offshore dollar interbank market.

             "Capital Adequacy Regulation" means any guideline, request or
         directive of any central bank or other Governmental Authority, or
         any other law, rule or regulation, whether or not having the force
         of law, in each case, regarding capital adequacy of any bank or of
         any corporation controlling a bank.

             "Cash Collateralize" means to pledge and deposit with or
         deliver to the Agent, for the benefit of the Agent, the Issuing
         Bank and the Banks, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or
         deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and
         substance satisfactory to the Agent and the Issuing Bank (which
         documents are hereby consented to by the Banks). Derivatives of
         such term shall have corresponding meaning.

             "Change of Control" means the occurrence of either of the
         following: (a) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in
         subsections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act and the
         regulations thereunder), is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as
         such term is used in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act,
         except that a person shall be deemed to have "beneficial
         ownership" of all securities that such person has the right to
         acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only
         after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of 30% or more
         of the then outstanding voting capital stock of Esterline, or (b)
         the Continuing Directors shall cease to constitute at least a
         majority of the directors constituting the board of directors of
         Esterline.

             "Closing Date" means the date on which all conditions
         precedent set forth in Section 5.01 are satisfied, made conditions
         subsequent or waived by all Banks.

             "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and
         regulations promulgated thereunder.

             "Commitment," as to each Bank, has the meaning specified in
         Section 2.01.

             "Compliance Certificate" means a certificate substantially in
         the form of Exhibit C.

             "Consolidated Funded Debt" means all Funded Debt of Esterline
         and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis
         eliminating intercompany items.

             "Consolidated Net Income" and "Consolidated Net Loss" mean,
         respectively, for any period, the aggregate net income or loss for
         such period of Esterline and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
         basis.

             "Consolidated Net Worth" means, as of any date of
         determination, Consolidated Total Assets minus Consolidated Total
         Liabilities.

             "Consolidated Total Assets" means, as of any date of
         determination, the total assets of Esterline and its Subsidiaries
         on a consolidated basis.

             "Consolidated Total Liabilities" means, as of any date of
         determination, the total liabilities of Esterline and its
         Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

             "Contingent Obligation" means, as to any Person, any direct or
         indirect liability of that Person, whether or not contingent, with
         or without recourse, (a) with respect to any Indebtedness, lease,
         dividend, letter of credit or other obligation (the "primary
         obligations") of another Person (the "primary obligor"), including
         any obligation of that Person (i) to purchase, repurchase or
         otherwise acquire such primary obligations or any security
         therefor, (ii) to advance or provide funds for the payment or
         discharge of any such primary obligation, or to maintain working
         capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to
         maintain the net worth or solvency or any balance sheet item,
         level of income or financial condition of the primary obligor,
         (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for
         the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation
         of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such
         primary obligation, or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless
         the holder of any such primary obligation against loss in respect
         thereof (each, a "Guaranty Obligation"); (b) with respect to any
         Surety Instrument issued for the account of that Person or as to
         which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of
         drawings or payments; (c) to purchase any materials, supplies or
         other property from, or to obtain the services of, another Person
         if the relevant contract or other related document or obligation
         requires that payment for such materials, supplies or other
         property, or for such services, shall be made regardless of
         whether delivery of such materials, supplies or other property is
         ever made or tendered, or such services are ever performed or
         tendered, or (d) in respect of any Swap Contract. The amount of
         any Contingent Obligation shall, in the case of Guaranty
         Obligations, be deemed equal to the stated or determinable amount
         of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guaranty
         Obligation is made or, if not stated or if indeterminable, the
         maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof, and
         in the case of other Contingent Obligations other than in respect
         of Swap Contracts, shall be equal to the maximum reasonably
         anticipated liability in respect thereof and, in the case of
         Contingent Obligations in respect of Swap Contracts, shall be
         equal to the Swap Termination Value.

             "Continuing Directors" means, as of any date, the collective
         reference to all members of the board of directors of Esterline
         who assumed office after such date and whose appointment or
         nomination for election by Esterline's shareholders was approved
         by a vote of at least 50% of the Continuing Directors in office
         immediately prior to such appointment or nomination.

             "Contractual Obligation" means, as to any Person, any
         provision of any security issued by such Person or of any
         agreement, undertaking, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of
         trust or other instrument, document or agreement to which such
         Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

             "Conversion/Continuation Date" means any date on which, under
         Section 2.04, any Company (a) converts Loans of one Type to
         another Type, or (b) continues as Loans of the same Type, but with
         a new Interest Period, Loans having Interest Periods expiring on
         such date.

             "Credit Extension" means and includes (a) the making of any
         Loans hereunder, and (b) the Issuance of any Letters of Credit
         hereunder (including the Existing Letters of Credit).

             "Default" means any event or circumstance which, with the
         giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, would (if not cured
         or otherwise remedied during such time) constitute an Event of
         Default.

             "Dollars," "dollars" and "$" each mean lawful money of the
         United States.

             "EBIT" means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income or
         Consolidated Net Loss, as the case may be, for such period, plus
         the sum of (a) interest expense, and (b) income tax expense, which
         were deductible in determining Consolidated Net Income or
         Consolidated Net Loss of Esterline and its Subsidiaries on a
         consolidated basis for such period.

             "EBITAR" means, for any period, EBIT for such period, plus the
         sum of (a) amortization expense, and (b) Rental Expense, which
         were deductible in determining Consolidated Net Income or
         Consolidated Net Loss of Esterline and its Subsidiaries on a
         consolidated basis for such period.

             "EBITDA" means, for any period, EBIT for such period, plus the
         sum of (a) depreciation expense, (b) amortization expense and (c)
         noncash items, which were deductible in determining Consolidated
         Net Income or Consolidated Net Loss of Esterline and its
         Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period.

             "Effective Amount" means (i) with respect to any Loans on any
         date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after
         giving effect to any Borrowings and prepayments or repayments
         occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to any outstanding
         L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on
         such date after giving effect to any Issuances of Letters of
         Credit occurring on such date and any other changes in the
         aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including
         as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings
         under any Letters of Credit or any reductions in the maximum
         amount available for drawing under Letters of Credit taking effect
         on such date.

             "Eligible Assignee" means (i) a commercial bank organized
         under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof, and
         having a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000,
         (ii) a commercial bank organized under the laws of any other
         country which is a member of the Organization for Economic
         Cooperation and Development (the "OECD"), or a political
         subdivision of any such country, and having a combined capital and
         surplus of at least $100,000,000, provided that such bank is
         acting through a branch or agency located in the United States or
         the Cayman Islands; (iii) a Person that is primarily engaged in
         the business of commercial banking and that is (A) a Subsidiary of
         a Bank, (B) a Subsidiary of a Person of which a Bank is a
         Subsidiary, or (C) a Person of which a Bank is a Subsidiary.

             "Environmental Claims" means all claims, however asserted, by
         any Governmental Authority or other Person alleging potential
         liability or responsibility of any of the Companies or their
         Subsidiaries for violation of any Environmental Law, or for
         release or injury to the environment.

             "Environmental Laws" means all federal, state, local or
         foreign laws, statutes, common law duties, rules, regulations,
         ordinances and codes, together with all administrative orders,
         directed duties, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and
         agreements with, any Governmental Authorities, in each case
         relating to environmental, health, safety and land use matters.

             "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
         1974, and regulations promulgated thereunder.

             "ERISA Affiliate" means any trade or business (whether or not
         incorporated) under common control with any Company within the
         meaning of subsection 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections
         414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to
         Section 412 of the Code).

             "ERISA Event" means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a
         Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by any Company or any ERISA
         Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA
         during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as
         defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of
         operations which is treated as such a withdrawal under Section
         4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by any
         Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or
         notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d)
         the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a
         Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of
         ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate
         a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition
         which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under
         Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment
         of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer
         Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of
         ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under
         Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Company or any ERISA Affiliate.

             "Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" has the meaning specified in
         the definition of "Offshore Rate."

             "Event of Default" means any of the events or circumstances
         specified in Section 9.01.

             "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and
         regulations promulgated thereunder.

             "Existing Facility" means the Amended and Restated Credit
         Agreement dated and effective as of September 18, 1989 among
         Esterline and certain of its Subsidiaries, BofA as successor by
         merger to Continental Bank, N.A. as "agent" and the several
         financial institutions party thereto, as amended from time to time
         in accordance with its terms.

             "Existing Letters of Credit" means the letters of credit
         described in Schedule 3.03.

             "FDIC" means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and
         any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal
         functions.

             "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate set forth in
         the weekly statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any
         successor publication, published by the Federal Reserve Bank of
         New York (including any such successor, "H.15(519)") on the
         preceding Business Day opposite the caption "Federal Funds
         (Effective)"; or, if for any relevant day such rate is not so
         published on any such preceding Business Day, the rate for such
         day will be the arithmetic mean as determined by the Agent of the
         rates for the last transaction in overnight Federal funds arranged
         prior to 9:00 a.m. (New York City time) on that day by each of
         three leading brokers of Federal funds transactions in New York
         City selected by the Agent.

             "Fee Letter" has the meaning specified in Section 2.10(a).

             "FRB" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
         System, and any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its
         principal functions.

             "Funded Debt" of any Person means, as of the end of each
         fiscal quarter of such Person, (a) all Indebtedness of such Person
         (including with respect to any Loans hereunder) for borrowed
         money; (b) all noncontingent reimbursement or payment obligations
         of such Person with respect to Surety Instruments; (c) all
         obligations with respect to capital leases; (d) the current
         portion of all obligations of such Person arising with respect to
         preferred stock that is mandatorily redeemable by such Person; (e)
         all indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above
         secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an
         existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any
         Lien upon or in property (including accounts and contracts rights)
         owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or
         become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness; and (f) all
         Guaranty Obligations in respect of indebtedness or obligations of
         others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (d).

             "Further Taxes" means any and all present or future taxes,
         levies, assessments, imposts, duties, deductions, fees,
         withholdings or similar charges (including, without limitation,
         net income taxes and franchise taxes), and all liabilities with
         respect thereto, imposed by any jurisdiction on account of amounts
         payable or paid pursuant to Section 4.01.

             "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set
         forth from time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the
         Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of
         Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
         the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with similar
         functions of comparable stature and authority within the U.S.
         accounting profession), which are applicable to the circumstances
         and consistently applied.

             "Governmental Authority" means any nation or government, any
         state or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or
         similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, any entity
         exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or
         administrative functions of or pertaining to government, and any
         corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through stock or
         capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

             "Guarantor" means each of the Companies in its capacity as a
         "guarantor" under Section 11.19 of this Agreement or under any
         separate agreement executed by it pursuant to which it guarantees
         the Obligations.

             "Guaranteed Obligations" has the meaning specified in Section
         11.19.

             "Guaranty Obligation" has the meaning specified in the
         definition of "Contingent Obligation."

             "Honor Date" has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(c).

             "Indebtedness" of any Person means, without duplication, (a)
         all indebtedness for borrowed money; (b) all obligations issued,
         undertaken or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property
         or services (other than trade payables entered into in the
         ordinary course of business on ordinary terms); (c) all
         noncontingent reimbursement or payment obligations with respect to
         Surety Instruments; (d) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds,
         debentures or similar instruments, including obligations so
         evidenced incurred in connection with the acquisition of property,
         assets or businesses; (e) all indebtedness created or arising
         under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or
         incurred as financing, in either case with respect to property
         acquired by the Person (even though the rights and remedies of the
         seller or bank under such agreement in the event of default are
         limited to repossession or sale of such property); (f) all
         obligations with respect to capital leases; (g) all indebtedness
         referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above secured by (or for
         which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right,
         contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in
         property (including accounts and contracts rights) owned by such
         Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable
         for the payment of such Indebtedness; and (h) all Guaranty
         Obligations in respect of indebtedness or obligations of others of
         the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above.

         For all purposes of this Agreement, the Indebtedness of any
         Person shall include all recourse Indebtedness of any partnership
         or joint venture or limited liability company in which such Person
         is a general partner or a joint venturer or a member.

             "Indemnified Liabilities" has the meaning specified in Section
         11.05.

             "Indemnified Person" has the meaning specified in Section
         11.05.

             "Independent Auditor" has the meaning specified in Section
         7.01(a).

             "Insolvency Proceeding" means, with respect to any Person, (a)
         any case, action or proceeding with respect to such Person before
         any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy,
         reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership,
         dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b) any general
         assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshaling
         of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect
         of its creditors generally or any substantial portion of its
         creditors; in either event undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or
         foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

             "Interest Payment Date" means, as to any Loan other than a
         Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to
         such Loan and, as to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of
         each calendar quarter and each date such Loan is converted into
         another Type of Loan, provided, however , that if any Interest
         Period for an Offshore Rate Loan exceeds three months, the date
         that falls three months after the beginning of such Interest
         Period and after each Interest Payment Date thereafter is also an
         Interest Payment Date.

             "Interest Period" means, as to any Offshore Rate Loan, the
         period commencing on the Borrowing Date of such Loan or on the
         Conversion/Continuation Date on which a Loan is converted into or
         continued as an Offshore Rate Loan, and ending on the date one,
         two, three or six months thereafter as selected by a Company in
         its Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation;

             provided that:

                 (i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day
             that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be
             extended to the following Business Day unless, in the case of
             an Offshore Rate Loan, the result of such extension would be
             to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in
             which event such Interest Period shall end on the preceding
             Business Day;

                 (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to an Offshore Rate
             Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month
             (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding
             day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period)
             shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at
             the end of such Interest Period; and

                 (iii) no Interest Period for any Loan shall extend beyond
             October 31, 2000.

             "Investments" has the meaning specified in Section 8.04.

             "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service, and any Governmental
         Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under the
         Code.

             "Issuance Date" has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a).

             "Issue" means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, to
         incorporate the Existing Letters of Credit into this Agreement, or
         to issue or to extend the expiry of, or to renew or increase the
         amount of, such Letter of Credit; and the terms "Issued,"
         "Issuing" and "Issuance" have corresponding meanings.

             "Issuing Bank" means BofA in its capacity as issuer of one or
         more Letters of Credit hereunder, together with any replacement
         letter of credit issuer arising under Section 10.01(b) or Section
         10.09, and any other Bank which, if required for legal or credit
         reasons, is willing to issue letters of credit hereunder.

             "Joint Venture" means a single-purpose corporation,
         partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other
         similar legal arrangement (whether created by contract or
         conducted through a separate legal entity) now or hereafter formed
         by any Company or any of its Subsidiaries with another Person in
         order to conduct a common venture or enterprise with such Person.

             "L/C Advance" means each Bank's participation in any L/C
         Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

             "L/C Amendment Application" means an application form for
         amendment of outstanding standby or commercial documentary letters
         of credit as shall at any time be in use at the Issuing Bank, as
         the Issuing Bank shall request.

             "L/C Application" means an application form for issuances of
         standby or commercial documentary letters of credit as shall at
         any time be in use at the Issuing Bank, as the Issuing Bank shall
         request.

             "L/C Borrower" means any Company for whose account a Letter of
         Credit is Issued pursuant to Article III.

             "L/C Borrowing" means an extension of credit resulting from a
         drawing under any Letter of Credit which shall not have been
         reimbursed on the date when made nor converted into a Borrowing
         under Section 3.03(c).

             "L/C Commitment" means the commitment of the Issuing Bank to
         Issue, and the commitment of the Banks severally to participate
         in, Letters of Credit (including the Existing Letters of Credit)
         from time to time Issued or outstanding under Article III, in an
         aggregate amount not to exceed on any date the amount of the
         aggregate Commitments less the Effective Amount of all Loans
         outstanding on such date. The L/C Commitment is a part of the
         combined Commitments, rather than a separate, independent
         commitment.

             "L/C Obligations" means at any time the sum of (a) the
         aggregate undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit then
         outstanding, plus (b) the amount of all unreimbursed drawings
         under all Letters of Credit, including all outstanding L/C
         Borrowings.

             "L/C-Related Documents" means the Letters of Credit, the L/C
         Applications, the L/C Amendment Applications and any other
         document relating to any Letter of Credit, including any of the
         Issuing Bank's standard form documents for letter of credit
         issuances.

             "Lending Office" means, as to any Bank, the office or offices
         of such Bank specified as its "Lending Office" or "Domestic
         Lending Office" or "Offshore Lending Office," as the case may be,
         on Schedule 11.02, or such other office or offices as such Bank
         may from time to time notify the Companies and the Agent.

             "Letters of Credit" means the Existing Letters of Credit and
         any letters of credit (whether standby letters of credit or
         commercial documentary letters of credit) Issued by the Issuing
         Bank pursuant to Article III.

             "Leverage Ratio" means, as of any date of determination, the
         ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Debt to (b) the sum of
         Consolidated Funded Debt plus Consolidated Net Worth.

             "Lien" means any security interest, mortgage, deed of trust,
         pledge, hypothecation, assignment, charge or deposit arrangement,
         encumbrance, lien (statutory or other) or preferential arrangement
         of any kind or nature whatsoever in respect of any property
         (including those created by, arising under or evidenced by any
         conditional sale or other title retention agreement, the interest
         of a lessor under a capital lease, any financing lease having
         substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, or
         the filing of any financing statement naming the owner of the
         asset to which such lien relates as debtor, under the UCC or any
         comparable law) and any contingent or other agreement to provide
         any of the foregoing, but not including the interest of a lessor
         under an operating lease.

             "Loan" means an extension of credit by a Bank to any Company
         under Article II or Article III, and may be a Base Rate Loan, an
         Offshore Rate Loan or an L/C Advance (each, a " Type" of Loan).

             "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, any Notes, the Fee
         Letters, the L/C Related Documents and all other documents
         delivered to the Agent or any Bank in connection herewith.

             "Majority Banks" means at any time Banks then holding at least
         66-2/3% of the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of the
         Loans, or, if no such principal amount is then outstanding, Banks
         then having at least 66-2/3% of the Commitments.

             "Margin Stock" means "margin stock" as such term is defined in
         Regulation G, T, U or X of the FRB.

             "Material Adverse Effect" means (a) a material adverse change
         in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business,
         properties, condition (financial or otherwise) of Esterline
         (considering all of its assets), or of the Companies and their
         Subsidiaries taken as a whole, which would be expected to result
         in a material impairment of the ability of Esterline (considering
         all of its assets), or of Esterline and the other Companies taken
         as a whole, to perform under any Loan Document and to avoid any
         Default or Event of Default; or (b) a material adverse effect upon
         the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against
         any Company or any Guarantor of any Loan Document.

             "Multiemployer Plan" means a "multiple employer plan" or a
         "multiemployer plan," within the meaning of Sections 4064(a) and
         4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Company or any ERISA Affiliate
         makes, is making, or is obligated to make contributions or, during
         the preceding three calendar years, has made, or been obligated to
         make, contributions.

             "Note" means a promissory note executed by the Companies in
         favor of a Bank pursuant to Section 2.02(b), in substantially the
         form of Exhibit F.

             "Notice of Borrowing" means a notice in substantially the form
         of Exhibit A.

             "Notice of Conversion/Continuation" means a notice in
         substantially the form of Exhibit B.

             "Obligations" means all advances, debts, liabilities,
         obligations, covenants and duties and other Indebtedness arising
         under any Loan Document owing by any Company to any Bank, the
         Agent, or any Indemnified Person, whether direct or indirect
         (including those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent,
         due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising.

             "Offshore Rate" means, for any Interest Period, with respect
         to Offshore Rate Loans comprising part of the same Borrowing, the
         rate of interest per annum (rounded upward to the next 1/16th of
         1%) determined by the Agent as follows:

              Offshore Rate  =                         IBOR           
                                        ------------------------------------
                                        1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

                 Where,

                 "Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" means for any day for any
             Interest Period the maximum reserve percentage (expressed as a
             decimal, rounded upward to the next 1/100th of 1%) in effect
             on such day (whether or not applicable to any Bank) under
             regulations issued from time to time by the FRB for
             determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any
             emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement)
             with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as
             "Eurocurrency liabilities"); and

                 "IBOR" means the rate of interest per annum determined by
             the Agent as the rate at which dollar deposits in the
             approximate amount of BofA's Offshore Rate Loan for such
             Interest Period would be offered by BofA's Grand Cayman
             Branch, Grand Cayman B.W.I. (or such other office as may be
             designated for such purpose by BofA), to major banks in the
             offshore dollar interbank market at their request at
             approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) two Business
             Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

                 The Offshore Rate shall be adjusted automatically as to
             all Offshore Rate Loans then outstanding as of the effective
             date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

             "Offshore Rate Loan" means a Loan that bears interest based on
         the Offshore Rate.

             "Organization Documents" means, for any corporation, the
         certificate or articles of incorporation, the bylaws, any
         certificate of determination or instrument relating to the rights
         of preferred shareholders of such corporation, any shareholder
         rights agreement, and all applicable resolutions of the board of
         directors (or any committee thereof) of such corporation, and for
         any partnership, the partnership agreement, any other agreements
         or instruments relating to the rights or the partners of such
         partnership or limiting or authorizing the activities of such
         partnership, and all applicable resolutions of such partnership.

             "Other Taxes" means any present or future stamp, court or
         documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes (except
         for the present excise tax imposed by the State of Washington know
         as the business and occupations tax to the extent that it is
         imposed upon the gross receipts of any Bank), charges or similar
         levies which arise from any payment made hereunder or from the
         execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of,
         or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan
         Documents.

             "Participant" has the meaning specified in Section 11.08(d).

             "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any
         Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal
         functions under ERISA.

             "Pension Plan" means a pension plan (as defined in Section
         3(2) of ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA which any Company or
         any ERISA Affiliate sponsors, maintains, or to which it makes, is
         making, or is obligated to make contributions, or in the case of a
         multiple employer plan (as described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA)
         has made contributions at any time during the immediately
         preceding five (5) plan years.

             "Permitted Liens" has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.

             "Permitted Swap Obligations" means all obligations (contingent
         or otherwise) of any Company or any Subsidiary existing or arising
         under Swap Contracts, provided that each of the following criteria
         is satisfied: (a) such obligations are (or were) entered into by
         such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of
         directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments
         or assets held or reasonably anticipated by such Person, or
         changes in the value of securities issued by such Person in
         conjunction with a securities repurchase program not otherwise
         prohibited hereunder, and not for purposes of speculation or
         taking a "market view;" and (b) such Swap Contracts do not contain
         (i) any provision ("walk-away" provision) exonerating the
         nondefaulting party from its obligation to make payments on
         outstanding transactions to the defaulting party, or (ii) any
         provision creating or permitting the declaration of an event of
         default, termination event or similar event upon the occurrence of
         an Event of Default hereunder (other than an Event of Default
         under Section 9.01(a).

             "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation,
         limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company,
         trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or Governmental
         Authority.

             "Plan" means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section
         3(3) of ERISA) which any Company sponsors or maintains or to which
         any Company makes, is making, or is obligated to make
         contributions and includes any Pension Plan.

             "Pro Rata Share" means, as to any Bank at any time, the
         percentage equivalent (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the
         ninth decimal place) at such time of such Bank's Commitment
         divided by the combined Commitments of all Banks.

             "Rental Expense" means, with respect to any Person, for any
         period, the aggregate amount of all rental and other obligations
         (other than rentals of automobiles or equipment of one month or
         less which are not renewed) required to be paid during such period
         by such Person as lessee under all leases of real or personal
         property, including all operating leases and capital leases, but
         excluding any amount required to be paid by the lessee (whether or
         not therein designated as rent or additional rent) on account of
         maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments, water
         rates and similar charges, provided, that, if at the date of
         determination, any such rental or other obligations (or portion
         thereof) are contingent or not otherwise definitely determinable
         by the terms of the related lease, the amount of such obligations
         (i) shall be assumed to be equal to the amount of such obligations
         for the period of the 12 consecutive calendar months immediately
         preceding the date of determination or (ii) if the related lease
         was not in effect during such preceding 12-month period, shall be
         the amount estimated by a Responsible Officer on a reasonable
         basis and in good faith.

             "Reportable Event" means, any of the events set forth in
         Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations thereunder, other than
         any such event for which the 30-day notice requirement under ERISA
         has been waived in regulations issued by the PBGC.

             "Requirement of Law" means, as to any Person, any law
         (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination
         of an arbitrator or of a Governmental Authority, in each case
         applicable to or binding upon the Person or any of its property or
         to which the Person or any of its property is subject.

             "Responsible Officer" means, with respect to any Company, the
         chief executive officer or the president of such Company, or any
         other officer having substantially the same authority and
         responsibility; or, with respect to compliance with financial
         covenants, the chief financial officer or the treasurer of such
         Company, or any other officer having substantially the same
         authority and responsibility.

             "Revolving Termination Date" means the earlier to occur of:

                   (a)      October 31, 2000; and

                   (b)      the date on which the Commitments terminate in 
             accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

             "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any
         Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal
         functions.

             "Subsidiary" of a Person means any corporation, association,
         partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other
         business entity of which more than 50% of the voting stock,
         membership interests or other equity interests (in the case of
         Persons other than corporations), is owned or controlled directly
         or indirectly by the Person, or one or more of the Subsidiaries of
         the Person, or a combination thereof. Unless the context otherwise
         clearly requires, references herein to a "Subsidiary" refer to a
         Subsidiary of a Company.

             "Surety Instruments" means all letters of credit (including
         standby and commercial), banker's acceptances, bank guaranties,
         shipside bonds, surety bonds and similar instruments.

             "Swap Contract" means any agreement, whether or not in
         writing, relating to any transaction that is a rate swap, basis
         swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option,
         equity or equity index swap or option, bond, note or bill option,
         interest rate option, forward foreign exchange transaction, cap,
         collar or floor transaction, currency swap, cross-currency rate
         swap, swaption, currency option or any other, similar transaction
         (including any option to enter into any of the foregoing) or any
         combination of the foregoing, and, unless the context otherwise
         clearly requires, any master agreement relating to or governing
         any or all of the foregoing.

             "Swap Termination Value" means, in respect of any one or more
         Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any
         legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap
         Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap
         Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined
         in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for
         any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a) the amount(s)
         determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts,
         as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily
         available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such
         Swap Contracts (which may include any Bank).

             "Taxes" means any and all present or future taxes, levies,
         assessments, imposts, duties, deductions, fees, withholdings or
         similar charges, and all liabilities with respect thereto,
         excluding, in the case of each Bank and the Agent, respectively,
         taxes imposed on or measured by its net income or gross receipts
         by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under
         the laws of which such Bank or the Agent, as the case may be, is
         organized or maintains a lending office.

             "Type" has the meaning specified in the definition of "Loan."

             "Unfunded Pension Liability" means the excess of a Plan's
         benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the
         current value of that Plan's assets, determined in accordance with
         the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to
         Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

             "United States" and "U.S." each means the United States of
         America.

             "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means any corporation in which
         (other than directors' qualifying shares required by law) 100% of
         the capital stock of each class having ordinary voting power, and
         100% of the capital stock of every other class, in each case, at
         the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned,
         beneficially and of record, by any Company, or by one or more of
         the other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, or both.

         1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions. (a) The meanings of defined
    terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the
    defined terms.

         (b) The words "hereof," "herein," "hereunder" and similar words
    refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision
    of this Agreement; and subsection, Section, Schedule and Exhibit
    references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

         (c) (i) The term "documents" includes any and all instruments,
    documents, agreements, certificates, indentures, notices and other
    writings, however evidenced.

             (ii) The term "including" is not limiting and means "including
         without limitation."

             (iii) In the computation of periods of time from a specified
         date to a later specified date, the word "from" means "from and
         including"; the words "to" and "until" each mean "to but
         excluding," and the word "through" means "to and including."

         (d) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to
    agreements (including this Agreement) and other contractual instruments
    shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other
    modifications thereto, but only to the extent such amendments and other
    modifications are not prohibited by the terms of any Loan Document, and
    (ii) references to any statute or regulation are to be construed as
    including all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating,
    amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting the statute or
    regulation.

         (e) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for
    convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation
    of this Agreement.

         (f) This Agreement and other Loan Documents may use several
    different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or
    similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are
    cumulative and shall each be performed in accordance with their terms.
    Unless otherwise expressly provided, any reference to any action of the
    Agent or the Banks by way of consent, approval or waiver shall be
    deemed modified by the phrase "in its/their sole discretion."

         (g) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of
    negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to the Agent, the
    Companies, the Banks, the Issuing Bank and the other parties, and are
    the products of all parties. Accordingly, they shall not be construed
    against the Banks, the Issuing Bank or the Agent merely because of the
    Agent's or Banks' or the Issuing Bank's involvement in their
    preparation.

         1.03 Accounting Principles. (a) Unless the context otherwise
    clearly requires, all accounting terms not expressly defined herein
    shall be construed, and all financial computations required under this
    Agreement shall be made, in accordance with GAAP; provided, that if any
    change in GAAP results in a change in the operation or calculation of
    any of Sections 8.15, 8.16, or 8.17 or any of the defined terms used
    therein, the Companies shall promptly notify the Agent thereof and,
    upon notice to Esterline by the Agent on behalf of the Majority Banks,
    compliance with any such covenant shall be determined on the basis of
    GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP became
    effective, until either such notice is withdrawn upon instruction from
    the Majority Banks or such covenant is amended in a manner satisfactory
    to the Companies and the Majority Banks.

         (b) References herein to "fiscal year" and "fiscal quarter" refer
    to such fiscal periods of the Companies.


                                 ARTICLE II

                                THE CREDITS
                                -----------

         2.01 The Revolving Credit. Each Bank severally agrees, on the
    terms and conditions set forth herein, to make loans to the Companies
    from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the
    Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date, in an aggregate amount
    not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount set forth on Schedule
    2.01 (such amount as the same may be reduced under Section 2.05 or as a
    result of one or more assignments under Section 11.08, the Bank's
    "Commitment"); provided, however, that, after giving effect to any
    Credit Extension, the Effective Amount of all outstanding Loans and L/C
    Obligations together shall not at any time exceed the combined
    Commitments. Within the limits of each Bank's Commitment, and subject
    to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Company may borrow under
    this Section 2.01, prepay under Section 2.06 and reborrow under this
    Section 2.01.

         Each of the Companies understands and agrees that the commitments
    of the "Banks" under the Existing Facility to make advances under the
    Existing Facility terminate, without necessity of further act of the
    parties, upon execution of this Agreement by the Companies. Each of the
    Companies confirms and acknowledges its obligations to pay all amounts
    due under the Existing Facility, and each covenants and agrees that the
    proceeds of the initial borrowings under this Agreement shall be used
    to pay all principal and accrued interest (if any) and other amounts
    due under the Existing Facility.

         2.02 Loan Accounts. (a) The Loans made by each Bank and the
    Letters of Credit Issued by the Issuing Bank shall be evidenced by one
    or more accounts or records maintained by such Bank or the Issuing
    Bank, as the case may be, in the ordinary course of business. The
    accounts or records maintained by the Agent, each Bank and the Issuing
    Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the
    Loans made by the Banks to any Company and the Letters of Credit Issued
    for the account of any Company, and the interest and payments thereon.
    Any failure so to record or any error in doing so shall not, however,
    limit or otherwise affect the obligation of any Company hereunder to
    pay any amount owing with respect to the Loans or any Letter of Credit.

         (b) Upon the request of any Bank made through the Agent, the Loans
    made by such Bank may be evidenced by one or more Notes, instead of or
    in addition to loan accounts. Each such Bank shall endorse on the
    schedules annexed to its Note(s) the date, amount and maturity of each
    Loan made by it and the amount of each payment of principal made by any
    Company with respect thereto. Each such Bank is irrevocably authorized
    by the Companies to endorse its Note(s) and each Bank's record shall be
    conclusive absent manifest error; provided, however, that the failure
    of a Bank to make, or an error in making, a notation thereon with
    respect to any Loan shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations
    of any Company hereunder or under any such Note to such Bank.

         2.03 Procedure for Borrowing. (a) Each Borrowing shall be made
    upon any Company's irrevocable written notice delivered to the Agent in
    the form of a Notice of Borrowing (which notice must be received by the
    Agent prior to 9:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) (i) three Business Days
    prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Offshore Rate
    Loans; and (ii) one Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date,
    in the case of Base Rate Loans, specifying:

             (A) the amount of the Borrowing, which shall be in an
         aggregate minimum amount of $5,000,000 or any multiple of
         $1,000,000 in excess thereof;

             (B) the requested Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business
         Day;

             (C) the Type of Loans comprising the Borrowing; and

             (D) with respect to Offshore Rate Loans, the duration of the
         Interest Period applicable to such Loans included in such notice.
         If the Notice of Borrowing fails to specify the duration of the
         Interest Period for any Borrowing comprised of Offshore Rate
         Loans, such Interest Period shall be three months.

    provided, however, that with respect to any Borrowing to be made on the
    Closing Date, the Notice of Borrowing shall be delivered to the Agent
    not later than 11:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) at least one Business
    Day before the Closing Date and such Borrowing will consist of Base
    Rate Loans only; and further provided that if so requested by the
    Agent, all Borrowings during the first 60 days following the Closing
    Date shall have the same Interest Period and shall be Base Rate Loans
    or Offshore Rate Loans for Interest Periods no longer than one month.

         (b) The Agent will promptly notify each Bank of its receipt of any
    Notice of Borrowing and of the amount of such Bank's Pro Rata Share of
    that Borrowing.

         (c) Each Bank will make the amount of its Pro Rata Share of each
    Borrowing available to the Agent for the account of the Companies at
    the Agent's Payment Office by 11:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) on the
    Borrowing Date requested by the Companies in funds immediately
    available to the Agent. The proceeds of all such Loans will then be
    made available to the Companies by the Agent at such office by
    crediting the account of the Company requesting such Borrowing on the
    books of BofA with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the
    Agent by the Banks and in like funds as received by the Agent, or if
    requested by such Company, by wire transfer in accordance with written
    instructions provided to the Agent by the Company of such funds as
    received by the Agent, less customary fees for such wire transfer.

         (d) After giving effect to any Borrowing, unless the Agent shall
    otherwise consent, there may not be more than five (5) different
    Interest Periods in effect.

         2.04 Conversion and Continuation Elections. (a) Any Company may,
    upon irrevocable written notice to the Agent in accordance with Section
    2.04(b):

             (i) elect to convert, as of any Business Day, any Base Rate
         Loans (or any part thereof in an amount not less than $5,000,000,
         or that is in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess
         thereof) into Offshore Rate Loans;

             (ii) elect to convert, as of the last day of the applicable
         Interest Period, any Offshore Rate Loans expiring on such day (or
         any part thereof in an amount not less than $1,000,000, or that is
         in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof) into Base
         Rate Loans; or

             (iii) elect to continue, as of the last day of the applicable
         Interest Period, any Offshore Rate Loans having Interest Periods
         expiring on such day (or any part thereof in an amount not less
         than $5,000,000, or that is in an integral multiple of $1,000,000
         in excess thereof);

    provided, that if at any time the aggregate amount of Offshore Rate
    Loans in respect of any Borrowing is reduced, by payment, prepayment,
    or conversion of part thereof to be less than $5,000,000, such Offshore
    Rate Loans shall automatically convert into Base Rate Loans, and on and
    after such date the right of any Company to continue such Loans as, and
    convert such Loans into, Offshore Rate Loans shall terminate.

         (b) The Company shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation
    to be received by the Agent not later than 9:00 a.m. (San Francisco
    time) at least (i) three Business Days in advance of the
    Conversion/Continuation Date, if the Loans are to be converted into or
    continued as Offshore Rate Loans; and (ii) one Business Day in advance
    of the Conversion/ Continuation Date, if the Loans are to be converted
    into Base Rate Loans, specifying:

             (A) the proposed Conversion/Continuation Date;

             (B) the aggregate amount of Loans to be converted or
         continued;

             (C) the Type of Loans resulting from the proposed conversion
         or continuation; and

             (D) other than in the case of conversions into Base Rate
         Loans, the duration of the requested Interest Period.

         (c) If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to
    Offshore Rate Loans, the Companies have failed to select timely a new
    Interest Period to be applicable to such Offshore Rate Loans, as the
    case may be, or if any Default or Event of Default then exists, the
    Company shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Offshore Rate
    Loans into Base Rate Loans effective as of the expiration date of such
    Interest Period, and all conditions to such conversion shall be deemed
    to have been satisfied.

         (d) The Agent will promptly notify each Bank of its receipt of a
    Notice of Conversion/Continuation, or, if no timely notice is provided
    by any Company, the Agent will promptly notify each Bank of the details
    of any automatic conversion. All conversions and continuations shall be
    made ratably according to the respective outstanding principal amounts
    of the Loans with respect to which the notice was given held by each
    Bank.

         (e) Unless the Majority Banks otherwise consent, during the
    existence of a Default or Event of Default, no Company may elect to
    have a Loan converted into or continued as an Offshore Rate Loan.

         (f) After giving effect to any conversion or continuation of
    Loans, unless the Agent shall otherwise consent, there may not be more
    than five (5) different Interest Periods in effect.

         2.05 Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Commitments. Any
    Company may, upon five Business Days' prior notice to the Agent,
    terminate the Commitments, or permanently reduce the Commitments by an
    aggregate minimum amount of $5,000,000 or any multiple of $1,000,000 in
    excess thereof; unless, after giving effect thereto and to any
    prepayments of Loans made on the effective date thereof, the
    then-outstanding principal amount of the Loans would exceed the amount
    of the combined Commitments then in effect. Once reduced in accordance
    with this Section 2.05, the Commitments may not be increased. Any
    reduction of the Commitments shall be applied to each Bank according to
    its Pro Rata Share. All accrued commitment fees to the effective date
    of any reduction or termination of Commitments, shall be paid on the
    effective date of such reduction or termination.

         2.06 Optional Prepayments. Subject to Section 4.04, any Company
    may, at any time or from time to time, upon irrevocable notice received
    by the Agent, in the case of Offshore Rate Loans, not less than three
    Business Days prior to the requested prepayment date, and, in the case
    of Base Rate Loans, not less than one Business Day prior to the
    requested prepayment date, ratably prepay Loans in whole or in part, in
    minimum amounts of $5,000,000 or any multiple of $1,000,000 in excess
    thereof. Such notice of prepayment shall specify the date and amount of
    such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid. The Agent will
    promptly notify each Bank of its receipt of any such notice, and of
    such Bank's Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. If such notice is given
    by any Company, such Company shall make such prepayment and the payment
    amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date
    specified therein, together with accrued interest to each such date on
    the amount prepaid and any amounts required pursuant to Section 3.04.

         2.07 Cash Collateralization; Mandatory Prepayments of Loans. If on
    any date the Effective Amount of L/C Obligations exceeds the L/C
    Commitment, the Companies shall Cash Collateralize on such date the
    outstanding Letters of Credit in an amount equal to the excess of the
    maximum amount then available to be drawn under the Letters of Credit
    over the L/C Commitment. Subject to Section 4.04, if on any date after
    giving effect to any Cash Collateralization made on such date pursuant
    to the preceding sentence, the Effective Amount of all Loans and L/C
    Obligations together exceeds the combined Commitments, the Company
    shall immediately, and without notice or demand, prepay the outstanding
    principal amount of the Loans and L/C Advances by an amount equal to
    the applicable excess.

         2.08 Repayment. The Companies shall repay to the Banks on the
    Revolving Termination Date the aggregate principal amount of all Loans
    outstanding on such date.

         2.09 Interest. (a) Each Loan shall bear interest on the
    outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable Borrowing Date
    at a rate per annum equal to the Offshore Rate or the Base Rate, as the
    case may be (and subject to a Company's right to convert to other Types
    of Loans under Section 2.04), plus the Applicable Margin.

         (b) Interest on each Loan shall be paid in arrears on each
    Interest Payment Date. Interest shall also be paid on the date of any
    prepayment of Loans under Section 2.06 or 2.07 for the portion of the
    Loans so prepaid and upon payment (including prepayment) in full
    thereof and, during the existence of any Event of Default, interest
    shall be paid on demand of the Agent at the request or with the consent
    of the Majority Banks.

         (c) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section, during the
    existence of any Event of Default under Section 9.01(a), or 9.01(e),
    9.01(k), 9.01(m), or under 9.01(c) as a consequence of the failure of
    the any of the Companies to observe or perform or cause to be observed
    or performed any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 7.11
    or Article VIII, or after acceleration, the Company shall pay interest
    (after as well as before any entry of judgment thereon to the extent
    permitted by law) on the principal amount of all outstanding
    Obligations, at a rate per annum which is determined by adding two and
    one-half percent (2.50%) per annum to the Applicable Margin then in
    effect for such Loans and, in the case of Obligations not subject to an
    Applicable Margin, at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus two
    and one- half percent (2.50%); provided, however, that, on and after
    the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any Offshore Rate
    Loan outstanding on the date of occurrence of such Event of Default or
    acceleration, the principal amount of such Loan shall, during the
    continuation of such Event of Default or after acceleration, bear
    interest at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus two and
    one-half percent (2.50%). All such interest shall be payable upon
    demand.

         (d) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the
    obligations of any Company to any Bank hereunder shall be subject to
    the limitation that payments of interest shall not be required for any
    period for which interest is computed hereunder, to the extent (but
    only to the extent) that contracting for or receiving such payment by
    such Bank would be contrary to the provisions of any law applicable to
    such Bank limiting the highest rate of interest that may be lawfully
    contracted for, charged or received by such Bank, and in such event the
    Companies shall pay such Bank interest at the highest rate permitted by
    applicable law.

         2.10 Fees. (a) Agency Fees. The Companies shall pay an agency fee
    to the Agent for the Agent's own account, as required by the letter
    agreement between the Companies and the Agent dated as of October 31,
    1996 (the "Fee Letter").

         (b) Commitment Fees. The Companies shall pay to the Agent for the
    account of each Bank a commitment fee on the average daily unused
    portion of such Bank's Commitment, computed on a quarterly basis in
    arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter based upon
    the daily utilization for that quarter as calculated by the Agent,
    equal to such unused portion as so calculated multiplied by the
    Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage for such period. Such commitment
    fee shall accrue from the Closing Date to the Revolving Termination
    Date and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last
    Business Day of each quarter commencing on October 31, 1996 through the
    Revolving Termination Date, with the final payment to be made on the
    Revolving Termination Date; provided that, in connection with any
    reduction or termination of Commitments under Section 2.05, the accrued
    commitment fee calculated for the period ending on such date shall also
    be paid on the date of such reduction or termination, with the
    following quarterly payment being calculated on the basis of the period
    from such reduction or termination date to such quarterly payment date.
    The commitment fees provided in this Section shall accrue at all times
    after the Closing Date, including at any time during which one or more
    conditions in Article V are not met.

         2.11 Computation of Fees and Interest. (a) All computations of
    interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by BofA's
    "reference rate" shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366
    days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other
    computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a
    360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more interest
    being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest
    and fees shall accrue during each period during which interest or such
    fees are computed from the first day thereof to the last day thereof.

         (b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Agent shall be
    conclusive and binding on the Companies and the Banks in the absence of
    manifest error.

         2.12 Payments by the Companies. (a) All payments to be made by the
    Companies shall be made without set-off, recoupment or counterclaim.
    Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the
    Companies shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Banks at
    the Agent's Payment Office, and shall be made in dollars and in
    immediately available funds, no later than 11:00 a.m. (San Francisco
    time) on the date specified herein. The Agent will promptly distribute
    to each Bank its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as expressly
    provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received. Any payment
    received by the Agent later than 11:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) shall
    be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day and any
    applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

         (b) Subject to the provisions set forth in the definition of
    "Interest Period" herein, whenever any payment is due on a day other
    than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the following
    Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included
    in the computation of interest or fees, as the case may be.

         (c) Unless the Agent receives notice from a Company prior to the
    date on which any payment is due to the Banks that the Companies will
    not make such payment in full as and when required, the Agent may
    assume that the Companies have made such payment in full to the Agent
    on such date in immediately available funds and the Agent may (but
    shall not be so required), in reliance upon such assumption, distribute
    to each Bank on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due
    such Bank. If and to the extent the Companies have not made such
    payment in full to the Agent, each Bank shall repay to the Agent on
    demand such amount distributed to such Bank, together with interest
    thereon at the Federal Funds Rate for each day from the date such
    amount is distributed to such Bank until the date repaid.

         2.13 Payments by the Banks to the Agent. (a) Unless the Agent
    receives notice from a Bank on or prior to the Closing Date or, with
    respect to any Borrowing after the Closing Date, at least one Business
    Day prior to the date of such Borrowing, that such Bank will not make
    available as and when required hereunder to the Agent for the account
    of the Company the amount of that Bank's Pro Rata Share of the
    Borrowing, the Agent may assume that each Bank has made such amount
    available to the Agent in immediately available funds on the Borrowing
    Date and the Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance upon
    such assumption, make available to the Company on such date a
    corresponding amount. If and to the extent any Bank shall not have made
    its full amount available to the Agent in immediately available funds
    and the Agent in such circumstances has made available to the Company
    such amount, that Bank shall on the Business Day following such
    Borrowing Date make such amount available to the Agent, together with
    interest at the Federal Funds Rate for each day during such period. A
    notice of the Agent submitted to any Bank with respect to amounts owing
    under this subsection (a) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
    If such amount is so made available, such payment to the Agent shall
    constitute such Bank's Loan on the date of Borrowing for all purposes
    of this Agreement. If such amount is not made available to the Agent on
    the Business Day following the Borrowing Date, the Agent will notify
    the Company of such failure to fund and, upon demand by the Agent, the
    Companies shall pay such amount to the Agent for the Agent's account,
    together with interest thereon for each day elapsed since the date of
    such Borrowing, at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate
    applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing.

         (b) The failure of any Bank to make any Loan on any Borrowing Date
    shall not relieve any other Bank of any obligation hereunder to make a
    Loan on such Borrowing Date, but no Bank shall be responsible for the
    failure of any other Bank to make the Loan to be made by such other
    Bank on any Borrowing Date.

         2.14 Sharing of Payments, etc. If, other than as expressly
    provided elsewhere herein, any Bank shall obtain on account of the
    Loans or L/C Advances made by it any payment (whether voluntary,
    involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or
    otherwise) in excess of its Pro Rata Share (or other share contemplated
    hereunder), such Bank shall immediately (a) notify the Agent of such
    fact, and (b) purchase from the other Banks such participations in the
    Loans or L/C Advances made by them as shall be necessary to cause such
    purchasing Bank to share the excess payment pro rata with each of them;
    provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is
    thereafter recovered from the purchasing Bank, such purchase shall to
    that extent be rescinded and each other Bank shall repay to the
    purchasing Bank the purchase price paid therefor, together with an
    amount equal to such paying Bank's ratable share (according to the
    proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Bank's required repayment
    to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Bank) of any
    interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Bank in
    respect of the total amount so recovered. Each Company agrees that any
    Bank so purchasing a participation from another Bank may, to the
    fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment
    (including the right of set-off, but subject to Section 11.10) with
    respect to such participation as fully as if such Bank were the direct
    creditor of each Company in the amount of such participation. The Agent
    will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence
    of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section and
    will in each case notify the Banks following any such purchases or
    repayments.


                                ARTICLE III

                           THE LETTERS OF CREDIT
                           ---------------------

         3.01 The Letter of Credit Subfacility. (a) On the terms and
    conditions set forth herein (i) the Issuing Bank agrees, (A) from time
    to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date to
    the Revolving Termination Date to issue Letters of Credit for the
    account of an L/C Borrower, and to amend or renew Letters of Credit
    previously issued by it, in accordance with Sections 3.02(c) and
    3.02(d), and (B) to honor drafts under the Letters of Credit; and (ii)
    the Banks severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit Issued
    for the account of each L/C Borrower; provided, that the Issuing Bank
    shall not be obligated to Issue, and no Bank shall be obligated to
    participate in, any Letter of Credit if as of the date of and after
    giving effect to the Issuance of such Letter of Credit (the "Issuance
    Date") (1) the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations and Loans
    together exceeds (or would exceed) the combined Commitments, or (2) the
    participation of any Bank in the Effective Amount of all L/C
    Obligations plus the Effective Amount of the Loans of such Bank exceeds
    (or would exceed) such Bank's Commitment. Within the foregoing limits,
    and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the L/C
    Borrowers' ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully
    revolving, and, accordingly, each L/C Borrower may, during the
    foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit
    which have expired or which have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

         (b) The Issuing Bank is under no obligation to Issue any Letter of
    Credit if:

             (i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental
         Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or
         restrain the Issuing Bank from Issuing such Letter of Credit, or
         any Requirement of Law applicable to the Issuing Bank or any
         request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from
         any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Issuing Bank
         shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Bank refrain from, the
         Issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit
         in particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank with respect
         to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital
         requirement (for which the Issuing Bank is not otherwise
         compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall
         impose upon the Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or
         expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the
         Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it;

             (ii) the Issuing Bank has received written notice from any
         Bank, the Agent or any Company, on or prior to the Business Day
         prior to the requested date of Issuance of such Letter of Credit,
         that one or more of the applicable conditions contained in Article
         V is not then satisfied;

             (iii) the expiry date of any requested Letter of Credit is (A)
         more than 360 days after the date of Issuance, or (B) after the
         Revolving Termination Date, unless all of the Banks have approved
         such expiry date in writing;

             (iv) the expiry date of any requested Letter of Credit is
         prior to the maturity date of any financial obligation to be
         supported by the requested Letter of Credit;

             (v) any requested Letter of Credit does not provide for
         drafts, or is not otherwise in form and substance acceptable to
         the Issuing Bank, or the Issuance of a Letter of Credit shall
         violate any applicable policies of the Issuing Bank;

             (vi) any standby Letter of Credit is for the purpose of
         supporting the issuance of any letter of credit by any other
         Person;

             (vii) such Letter of Credit is in a face amount less than
         $50,000 (other than the Existing Letters of Credit that are in a
         face amount less than $50,000 and any renewals thereof) or to be
         denominated in a currency other than Dollars; or

             (viii) the Issuing Bank is also the Agent and the Agent shall
         have for any reason ceased to be the Agent pursuant to Section
         11.09, in which case any other Bank may, upon the request or with
         the consent of Esterline, act as Issuing Bank.

         3.02 Issuance, Amendment and Renewal of Letters of Credit. (a)
    Each Letter of Credit shall be issued upon the irrevocable written
    request of the L/C Borrower received by the Issuing Bank (with a copy
    sent by the L/C Borrower to the Agent) at least four days (or such
    shorter time as the Issuing Bank may agree in a particular instance in
    its sole discretion) prior to the proposed date of issuance. Each such
    request for issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be by facsimile,
    confirmed immediately in an original writing, in the form of an L/C
    Application, and shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the
    Issuing Bank: (i) the proposed date of issuance of the Letter of Credit
    (which shall be a Business Day); (ii) the face amount of the Letter of
    Credit; (iii) the expiry date of the Letter of Credit; (iv) the name
    and address of the beneficiary thereof; (v) the documents to be
    presented by the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit in case of any
    drawing thereunder; (vi) the full text of any certificate to be
    presented by the beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and
    (vii) such other matters as the Issuing Bank may require.

         (b) At least two Business Days prior to the Issuance of any Letter
    of Credit, the Issuing Bank will confirm with the Agent (by telephone
    or in writing) that the Agent has received a copy of the L/C
    Application or L/C Amendment Application from an L/C Borrower and, if
    not, the Issuing Bank will provide the Agent with a copy thereof.
    Unless the Issuing Bank has received notice on or before the Business
    Day immediately preceding the date the Issuing Bank is to issue a
    requested Letter of Credit from the Agent (A) directing the Issuing
    Bank not to issue such Letter of Credit because such issuance is not
    then permitted under Section 3.01(a) as a result of the limitations set
    forth in clauses (1) through (3) thereof or Section 3.01(b)(ii); or (B)
    that one or more conditions specified in Article V are not then
    satisfied; then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the
    Issuing Bank shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for
    the account of such L/C Borrower in accordance with the Issuing Bank's
    usual and customary business practices.

         (c) From time to time while a Letter of Credit is outstanding and
    prior to the Revolving Termination Date, the Issuing Bank will, upon
    the written request of an L/C Borrower received by the Issuing Bank
    (with a copy sent by an L/C Borrower to the Agent) at least four (4)
    days (or such shorter time as the Issuing Bank may agree in a
    particular instance in its sole discretion) prior to the proposed date
    of amendment, amend any Letter of Credit issued by it. Each such
    request for amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be made by facsimile,
    confirmed immediately in an original writing, made in the form of an
    L/C Amendment Application and shall specify in form and detail
    satisfactory to the Issuing Bank: (i) the Letter of Credit to be
    amended; (ii) the proposed date of amendment of the Letter of Credit
    (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the nature of the proposed
    amendment; and (iv) such other matters as the Issuing Bank may require.
    The Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of
    Credit if: (A) the Issuing Bank would have no obligation at such time
    to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms of
    this Agreement; or (B) the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit
    does not accept the proposed amendment to the Letter of Credit. The
    Agent will promptly notify the Banks of the receipt by it of any L/C
    Application or L/C Amendment Application.

         (d) The Issuing Bank and the Banks agree that, while a Letter of
    Credit is outstanding and prior to the Revolving Termination Date, at
    the option of an L/C Borrower and upon the written request of an L/C
    Borrower received by the Issuing Bank (with a copy sent by an L/C
    Borrower to the Agent) at least five days (or such shorter time as the
    Issuing Bank may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion)
    prior to the proposed date of notification of renewal, the Issuing Bank
    shall be entitled to authorize the automatic renewal of any Letter of
    Credit issued by it. Each such request for renewal of a Letter of
    Credit shall be made by facsimile, confirmed immediately in an original
    writing, in the form of an L/C Amendment Application, and shall specify
    in form and detail satisfactory to the Issuing Bank: (i) the Letter of
    Credit to be renewed; (ii) the proposed date of notification of renewal
    of the Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the
    revised expiry date of the Letter of Credit; and (iv) such other
    matters as the Issuing Bank may require. The Issuing Bank shall be
    under no obligation to renew any Letter of Credit if: (A) the Issuing
    Bank would have no obligation at such time to issue or amend such
    Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms of this Agreement;
    or (B) the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit does not accept the
    proposed renewal of the Letter of Credit. If any outstanding Letter of
    Credit shall provide that it shall be automatically renewed unless the
    beneficiary thereof receives notice from the Issuing Bank that such
    Letter of Credit shall not be renewed, and if at the time of renewal
    the Issuing Bank would be entitled to authorize the automatic renewal
    of such Letter of Credit in accordance with this Section 3.02(d) upon
    the request of an L/C Borrower but the Issuing Bank shall not have
    received any L/C Amendment Application from such L/C Borrower with
    respect to such renewal or other written direction by such L/C Borrower
    with respect thereto, the Issuing Bank shall nonetheless be permitted
    to allow such Letter of Credit to renew, and the Companies and the
    Banks hereby authorize such renewal, and, accordingly, the Issuing Bank
    shall be deemed to have received an L/C Amendment Application from such
    L/C Borrower requesting such renewal.

         (e) The Issuing Bank may, at its election (or as required by the
    Agent at the direction of the Majority Banks), deliver any notices of
    termination or other communications to any Letter of Credit beneficiary
    or transferee, and take any other action as necessary or appropriate,
    at any time and from time to time, in order to cause the expiry date of
    such Letter of Credit to be a date not later than the Revolving
    Termination Date.

         (f) This Agreement shall control in the event of any conflict with
    any L/C-Related Document (other than any Letter of Credit).

         (g) The Issuing Bank will also deliver to the Agent, concurrently
    or promptly following its delivery of a Letter of Credit, or amendment
    to or renewal of a Letter of Credit, to an advising bank or a
    beneficiary, a true and complete copy of each such Letter of Credit or
    amendment to or renewal of a Letter of Credit.

         3.03 Existing Letters of Credit; Risk Participations, Drawings and
    Reimbursements.

         (a) On and after the Closing Date, the Existing Letters of Credit
    shall be deemed for all purposes, including for purposes of the fees to
    be collected pursuant to Sections 3.08(a) and 3.08(c), and
    reimbursement of costs and expenses to the extent provided herein,
    Letters of Credit outstanding under this Agreement and entitled to the
    benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall be
    governed by the applications and agreements pertaining thereto and by
    this Agreement. Each Bank acknowledges and agrees that the Existing
    Letters of Credit constitute Letters of Credit outstanding under this
    Agreement on and as of the Closing Date. Each Bank shall be deemed to,
    and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the
    Issuing Bank on the Closing Date a participation in each such Letter of
    Credit and each drawing thereunder in an amount equal to the product of
    (i) such Bank's Pro Rata Share times (ii) the maximum amount available
    to be drawn under such Letter of Credit and the amount of such drawing,
    respectively. For purposes of Section 2.01 and Section 2.10(b), the
    Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to utilize pro rata the
    Commitment of each Bank.

         (b) Immediately upon the Issuance of each Letter of Credit in
    addition to those described in Section 3.03(a), each Bank shall be
    deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to,
    purchase from the Issuing Bank a participation in such Letter of Credit
    and each drawing thereunder in an amount equal to the product of (i)
    the Pro Rata Share of such Bank, times (ii) the maximum amount
    available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit and the amount of
    such drawing, respectively. For purposes of Section 2.01, each Issuance
    of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to utilize the Commitment of each
    Bank by an amount equal to the amount of such participation.

         (c) In the event of any request for a drawing under a Letter of
    Credit by the beneficiary or transferee thereof, the Issuing Bank will
    promptly notify the Company. The Company shall reimburse the Issuing
    Bank prior to 10:00 a.m. (San Francisco time), on each date that any
    amount is paid by the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit (each
    such date, an "Honor Date"), in an amount equal to the amount so paid
    by the Issuing Bank. In the event any Company fails to reimburse the
    Issuing Bank for the full amount of any drawing under any Letter of
    Credit by 10:00 a.m. (San Francisco time) on the Honor Date, the
    Issuing Bank will promptly notify the Agent and the Agent will promptly
    notify each Bank thereof, and the Companies shall be deemed to have
    requested that Base Rate Loans be made by each of the Banks to be
    disbursed on the Honor Date under such Letter of Credit, subject to the
    amount of the unutilized portion of the aggregate Commitments and
    subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.02. Any notice given
    by the Issuing Bank or the Agent pursuant to this subsection 3.03(c)
    may be oral if immediately confirmed in writing (including by
    facsimile); provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation
    shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

         (d) Each Bank shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 3.03(c)
    make available to the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank an
    amount in Dollars and in immediately available funds equal to its Pro
    Rata Share of the amount of the drawing, whereupon the participating
    Banks shall (subject to Section 3.03(e)) each be deemed to have made a
    Loan consisting of a Base Rate Loan to the Companies in that amount. If
    any Bank so notified fails to make available to the Agent for the
    account of the Issuing Bank the amount of such Bank's Pro Rata Share of
    the amount of the drawing by no later than 2:00 p.m. (San Francisco
    time) on the Honor Date, then interest shall accrue on such Bank's
    obligation to make such payment, from the Honor Date to the date such
    Bank makes such payment, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds
    Rate in effect from time to time during such period. The Agent will
    promptly give notice of the occurrence of the Honor Date, but failure
    of the Agent to give any such notice on the Honor Date or in sufficient
    time to enable any Bank to effect such payment on such date shall not
    relieve such Bank from its obligations under this Section 3.03.

         (e) With respect to any unreimbursed drawing that is not converted
    into Loans consisting of Base Rate Loans to the Companies in whole or
    in part, because of the Company's failure to satisfy the conditions set
    forth in Section 5.02 or for any other reason, the Companies shall be
    deemed to have incurred from the Issuing Bank an L/C Borrowing in the
    amount of such drawing, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on
    demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at a rate per
    annum equal to the Base Rate plus two and one-half percent (2.50%), and
    each Bank's payment to the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 3.03(d)
    shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C
    Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Bank in
    satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 3.03.

         (f) Each Bank's obligation in accordance with this Agreement to
    make the Loans or L/C Advances, as contemplated by this Section 3.03,
    as a result of a drawing under a Letter of Credit, shall be absolute
    and unconditional and without recourse to the Issuing Bank and shall
    not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any set-off,
    counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Bank may
    have against the Issuing Bank, any Company, any guarantor or any other
    Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of
    a Default, an Event of Default or a Material Adverse Effect; or (iii)
    any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not
    similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that without
    limiting any Bank's obligation to make L/C Advances hereunder, each
    Bank's obligation to make Loans under this Section 3.03 is subject to
    the conditions set forth in Section 5.02.

         3.04 Repayment of Participations. (a) Upon (and only upon) receipt
    by the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank of immediately
    available funds from any Company (i) in reimbursement of any payment
    made by the Issuing Bank under the Letter of Credit with respect to
    which any Bank has paid the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank
    for such Bank's participation in the Letter of Credit pursuant to
    Section 3.03 or (ii) in payment of interest thereon, the Agent will pay
    to each Bank, in like funds as those received by the Agent for the
    account of the Issuing Bank, the amount of such Bank's Pro Rata Share
    of such funds, and the Issuing Bank shall receive and retain the amount
    of the Pro Rata Share of such funds of any Bank that did not so pay the
    Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank.

         (b) If the Agent or the Issuing Bank is required at any time to
    return to any Company, or to a trustee, receiver, liquidator,
    custodian, or any official in any Insolvency Proceeding, any portion of
    the payments made by any Company (or any other Person) to the Agent for
    the account of the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 3.04(a) in
    reimbursement of a payment made under the Letter of Credit or interest
    or fee thereon, each Bank shall, on demand of the Agent, forthwith
    return to the Agent or the Issuing Bank the amount of its Pro Rata
    Share of any amounts so returned by the Agent or the Issuing Bank plus
    interest thereon from the date such demand is made to the date such
    amounts are returned by such Bank to the Agent or the Issuing Bank, at
    a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate in effect from time to
    time.

         3.05 Role of the Issuing Bank. (a) Each Bank and each L/C Borrower
    agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Issuing
    Bank shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other
    than any sight draft and certificates expressly required by the Letter
    of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of
    any such document or the authority of the Person executing or
    delivering any such document.

         (b) No Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective
    correspondents, participants or assignees of the Issuing Bank shall be
    liable to any Bank for: (i) any action taken or omitted in connection
    herewith at the request or with the approval of the Banks (including
    the Majority Banks, as applicable); (ii) any action taken or omitted in
    the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due
    execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any L/C-Related
    Document.

         (c) Each L/C Borrower jointly and severally hereby assumes all
    risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with
    respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, however, that
    this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude any L/C
    Borrower's pursuit of such rights and remedies as it may have against
    the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. No
    Agent- Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents,
    participants or assignees of the Issuing Bank, shall be liable or
    responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through
    (vii) of Section 3.06; provided, however, anything in such clauses to
    the contrary notwithstanding, that an L/C Borrower may have a claim
    against the Issuing Bank, and the Issuing Bank may be liable to an L/C
    Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as
    opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by such L/C
    Borrower which such L/C Borrower proves were caused by the Issuing
    Bank's willful misconduct or gross negligence or the Issuing Bank's
    willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the
    presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and
    certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a
    Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the
    foregoing: (i) the Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on
    their face to be in order, without responsibility for further
    investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary;
    and (ii) the Issuing Bank shall not be responsible for the validity or
    sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting
    to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits
    thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to
    be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

         3.06 Obligations Absolute. The obligations of each L/C Borrower
    under this Agreement and any L/C-Related Document to reimburse the
    Issuing Bank for a drawing under a Letter of Credit, and to repay any
    L/C Borrowing and any drawing under a Letter of Credit converted into
    Loans, shall be unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid
    strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and each such
    other L/C-Related Document under all circumstances, including the
    following:

             (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement,
         any L/C-Related Document or other Loan Document;

             (ii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or
         in any other term of, all or any of the obligations of an L/C
         Borrower in respect of any Letter of Credit or any other amendment
         or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the
         L/C-Related Documents;

             (iii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other
         right that an L/C Borrower may have at any time against any
         beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any
         Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be
         acting), the Issuing Bank or any other Person, whether in
         connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated
         hereby or by the L/C-Related Documents or any unrelated
         transaction;

             (iv) any draft, demand, certificate or other document
         presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged,
         fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any
         statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or
         any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document
         required in order to make a drawing under any Letter of Credit;

             (v) any payment by the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit
         against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not
         strictly comply with the terms of any Letter of Credit; or any
         payment made by the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit to any
         Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy,
         debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors,
         liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to
         any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit,
         including any arising in connection with any Insolvency
         Proceeding;

             (vi) any exchange, release or non perfection of any
         collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to
         departure from any other guarantee, for all or any of the
         obligations of any L/C Borrower in respect of any Letter of
         Credit;

             (vii) any misapplication by the beneficiary of any Letter of
         Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such Letter of Credit;
         or

             (viii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether
         or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other
         circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available
         to, or a discharge of, any L/C Borrower.

         3.07 Cash Collateral Pledge. Upon (a) the request of the Agent,
    (i) if the Issuing Bank has honored any full or partial drawing request
    on any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C
    Borrowing hereunder, or (ii) if, as of the Revolving Termination Date,
    any Letters of Credit may for any reason remain outstanding and
    partially or wholly undrawn, or (b) the occurrence of the circumstances
    described in Section 2.07 requiring any L/C Borrower to Cash
    Collateralize Letters of Credit, then, such L/C Borrower shall
    immediately Cash Collateralize or cause to be Cash Collateralized the
    L/C Obligations in an amount equal to such L/C Obligations. Such
    amount, when received by the Agent, shall be held by the Agent and
    maintained in blocked deposit accounts at BofA as Cash Collateral for
    reimbursement obligations of any and all of the L/C Borrowers in
    respect of the L/C Obligations and for the other Obligations. Each of
    the Companies and each of the L/C Borrowers hereby grant to the Agent,
    for the benefit of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks, a
    security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and deposit
    account balances. After payment in full of all L/C Obligations and the
    expiry of all Letters of Credit, the proceeds of any Cash Collateral
    shall be used to satisfy any other Obligations then outstanding. Each
    of the L/C Borrowers shall executed and cause to be executed such
    further agreements, documents and instruments and shall take and cause
    to be taken such further actions in connection with such Cash
    Collateralization as the Agent may reasonably request.

         3.08 Letter of Credit Fees. (a) The Companies shall pay to the
    Agent for the account of each of the Banks a letter of credit fee based
    on the average daily maximum amount available to be drawn on
    outstanding Letters of Credit at a rate equal to the Applicable Margin
    for Offshore Rate Loans, adjusted as provided in the definition of
    "Applicable Margin," which fee shall be computed on a quarterly basis
    in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter based upon
    Letters of Credit outstanding for that quarter as calculated by the
    Agent. Such letter of credit fees shall be due and payable quarterly in
    arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter during which
    Letters of Credit are outstanding, commencing on the first such
    quarterly date to occur after the Closing Date, through the Revolving
    Termination Date (or such later date upon which the outstanding Letters
    of Credit shall expire), with the final payment to be made on the
    Revolving Termination Date (or such later expiration date, if any).

         (b) The Companies shall pay to the Issuing Bank a letter of credit
    fronting fee for each Letter of Credit Issued by the Issuing Bank equal
    to 0.125% per annum of the face amount (or increased face amount, as
    the case may be) of such Letter of Credit. Such Letter of Credit
    fronting fee shall be due and payable on each date of Issuance of a
    Letter of Credit.

         (c) Each L/C Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Bank from time to
    time on demand the normal issuance, presentation, amendment and other
    processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the Issuing
    Bank relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect.

         3.09 Uniform Customs and Practice. The Uniform Customs and
    Practice for Documentary Credits as published by the International
    Chamber of Commerce most recently at the time of issuance of any Letter
    of Credit shall (unless otherwise expressly provided in the Letters of
    Credit) apply to the Letters of Credit.


                                 ARTICLE IV

                   TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
                   --------------------------------------

         4.01 Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by any Company to each Bank
    or the Agent under this Agreement and any other Loan Document shall be
    made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any
    Taxes. In addition, the Companies shall pay all Other Taxes.

         (b) If any Company shall be required by law to deduct or withhold
    any Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes from or in respect of any sum
    payable hereunder to any Bank or the Agent, then:

             (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that,
         after making all required deductions and withholdings (including
         deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable
         under this Section), such Bank or the Agent, as the case may be,
         receives and retains an amount equal to the sum it would have
         received and retained had no such deductions or withholdings been
         made;

             (ii) the Companies shall make such deductions and
         withholdings;

             (iii) the Companies shall pay the full amount deducted or
         withheld to the relevant taxing authority or other authority in
         accordance with applicable law; and

             (iv) the Companies shall also pay to each Bank or the Agent
         for the account of such Bank, at the time interest is paid,
         Further Taxes in the amount that the respective Bank specifies as
         necessary to preserve the after-tax yield the Bank would have
         received if such Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes had not been
         imposed.

         (c) The Companies agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Bank
    and the Agent for the full amount of i) Taxes, ii) Other Taxes, and
    iii) Further Taxes in the amount that the respective Bank specifies as
    necessary to preserve the after-tax yield the Bank would have received
    if such Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes had not been imposed, and
    any liability (including penalties, interest, additions to tax and
    expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not
    such Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes were correctly or legally
    asserted. Payment under this indemnification shall be made within 30
    days after the date the Bank or the Agent makes written demand
    therefor.

         (d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment by any Company of
    Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes, the Companies shall furnish to
    each Bank or the Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt
    evidencing payment thereof, or other evidence of payment satisfactory
    to such Bank or the Agent.

         (e) If any Company is required to pay any amount to any Bank or
    the Agent pursuant to subsection (b) or (c) of this Section, then such
    Bank shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory
    restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its Lending Office so as to
    eliminate any such additional payment by the Companies which may
    thereafter accrue, if such change in the sole and absolute judgment of
    such Bank is not otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank.

         4.02 Illegality. (a) If any Bank determines that the introduction
    of any Requirement of Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law, or
    in the interpretation or administration of any Requirement of Law, has
    made it unlawful, or that any central bank or other Governmental
    Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Bank or its
    applicable Lending Office to make Offshore Rate Loans, then, on notice
    thereof by the Bank to the Companies through the Agent, any obligation
    of that Bank to make Offshore Rate Loans shall be suspended until the
    Bank notifies the Agent and the Companies that the circumstances giving
    rise to such determination no longer exist.

         (b) If a Bank determines that it is unlawful to maintain any
    Offshore Rate Loan, the Companies shall, upon its receipt of notice of
    such fact and demand from such Bank (with a copy to the Agent), prepay
    in full such Offshore Rate Loans of that Bank then outstanding,
    together with interest accrued thereon and amounts required under
    Section 4.04, either on the last day of the Interest Period thereof, if
    the Bank may lawfully continue to maintain such Offshore Rate Loans to
    such day, or immediately, if the Bank may not lawfully continue to
    maintain such Offshore Rate Loan. If any Company is required to so
    prepay any Offshore Rate Loan, then concurrently with such prepayment,
    the Companies shall borrow from the affected Bank, in the amount of
    such repayment, a Base Rate Loan.

         (c) If the obligation of any Bank to make or maintain Offshore
    Rate Loans has been so terminated or suspended, the Companies may
    elect, by giving notice to the Bank through the Agent that all Loans
    which would otherwise be made by the Bank as Offshore Rate Loans shall
    be instead Base Rate Loans.

         4.03 Increased Costs and Reduction of Return. (a) If any Bank
    determines that, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change in
    or in the interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) the
    compliance by that Bank with any guideline or request from any central
    bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force
    of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to such Bank of
    agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any Loans or
    participating in Letters of Credit, or, in the case of the Issuing
    Bank, any increase in the cost to the Issuing Bank of agreeing to
    Issue, Issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or of agreeing to
    make or making, funding or maintaining any unpaid drawing under any
    Letter of Credit, then the Companies shall be liable for, and shall
    from time to time, upon demand (with a copy of such demand to be sent
    to the Agent), pay to the Agent for the account of such Bank or the
    Issuing Bank, additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate such
    Bank or such Issuing Bank for such increased costs.

         (b) If any Bank shall have determined that (i) the introduction of
    any Capital Adequacy Regulation, (ii) any change in any Capital
    Adequacy Regulation, (iii) any change in the interpretation or
    administration of any Capital Adequacy Regulation by any central bank
    or other Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or
    administration thereof, or (iv) compliance by the Bank (or its Lending
    Office) or any corporation controlling the Bank with any Capital
    Adequacy Regulation, affects or would affect the amount of capital
    required or expected to be maintained by the Bank or any corporation
    controlling the Bank and (taking into consideration such Bank's or such
    corporation's policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Bank's
    desired return on capital) determines that the amount of such capital
    is increased as a consequence of its Commitment, loans, credits or
    obligations under this Agreement, then, upon demand of such Bank to the
    Companies through the Agent, the Companies shall immediately pay to the
    Bank, from time to time as specified by the Bank, additional amounts
    sufficient to compensate the Bank for such increase.

         4.04 Funding Losses. The Companies shall reimburse each Bank and
    hold each Bank harmless from any loss or expense which the Bank may
    sustain or incur as a consequence of:

         (a) the failure of any Company to make on a timely basis any
    payment of principal of any Offshore Rate Loan (including after any
    acceleration thereof);

         (b) the failure of any Company to borrow, continue or convert a
    Loan after such Company has given (or is deemed to have given) a Notice
    of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation;

         (c) the failure of any Company to make any prepayment in
    accordance with any notice delivered under Section 2.06;

         (d) the prepayment (including pursuant to Section 2.07) or other
    payment (including after acceleration thereof) of an Offshore Rate Loan
    on a day that is not the last day of the relevant Interest Period; or

         (e) the conversion of any Offshore Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan
    on a day that is not the last day of the relevant Interest Period; 

    including any such loss or expense arising from the liquidation or
    reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain its Offshore Rate
    Loans hereunder or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from
    which such funds were obtained. For purposes of calculating amounts
    payable by the Companies to the Banks under this Section and under
    Section 4.03(a), each Offshore Rate Loan made by a Bank (and each
    related reserve, special deposit or similar requirement) shall be
    conclusively deemed to have been funded at the IBOR used in determining
    the Offshore Rate for such Offshore Rate Loan by a matching deposit or
    other borrowing in the interbank eurodollar market for a comparable
    amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Offshore Rate
    Loan is in fact so funded.

         4.05 Inability to Determine Rates. If the Agent determines that
    for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for
    determining the Offshore Rate for any requested Interest Period with
    respect to a proposed Offshore Rate Loan, or that the Offshore Rate
    applicable pursuant to Section 2.09(a) for any requested Interest
    Period with respect to a proposed Offshore Rate Loan does not
    adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Banks of funding such
    Loan, the Agent will promptly so notify the Companies and each Bank.
    Thereafter, the obligation of the Banks to make or maintain Offshore
    Rate Loans hereunder shall be suspended until the Agent upon the
    instruction of the Majority Banks revokes such notice in writing. Upon
    receipt of such notice, the Companies may revoke any Notice of
    Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/ Continuation then submitted by it.
    If the Companies do not revoke such Notice, the Banks shall make,
    convert or continue the Loans, as proposed by the Companies, in the
    amount specified in the applicable notice submitted by the Companies,
    but such Loans shall be made, converted or continued as Base Rate Loans
    instead of Offshore Rate Loans.

         4.06 Reserves on Offshore Rate Loans. The Companies shall pay to
    each Bank, as long as such Bank shall be required under regulations of
    the FRB to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets
    consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently
    known as "Eurocurrency liabilities"), additional costs on the unpaid
    principal amount of each Offshore Rate Loan equal to the actual costs
    of such reserves allocated to such Loan by the Bank (as determined by
    the Bank in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive),
    payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan,
    provided the Companies shall have received at least 15 days' prior
    written notice (with a copy to the Agent) of such additional costs from
    the Bank. If a Bank fails to give notice 15 days prior to the relevant
    Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be payable 15
    days from receipt of such notice.

         4.07 Certificates of Banks. Any Bank claiming reimbursement or
    compensation under this Article IV shall deliver to the Companies (with
    a copy to the Agent) a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail
    the amount payable to the Bank hereunder and such certificate shall be
    conclusive and binding on the Companies in the absence of manifest
    error.

         4.08 Survival. The agreements and obligations of the Companies in
    this Article IV shall survive the payment of all other Obligations.

                                 ARTICLE V

                            CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
                            --------------------

         5.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension. The obligation of
    each Bank (including the Issuing Bank) to make its initial Credit
    Extension hereunder is subject to the condition that the Agent shall
    have received on or before the Closing Date all of the following, in
    form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and each Bank, and in
    sufficient copies for each Bank:

         (a) Credit Agreement; Notes. This Agreement and, if requested by
    any Bank, the Notes, each executed by each party thereto;

         (b) Resolutions; Incumbency.

             (i) Copies of the resolutions of the respective boards of
         directors of the Companies authorizing the transactions
         contemplated hereby, certified as of the Closing Date by the each
         Company's Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, respectively; and

             (ii) A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of
         each of the Companies, certifying the names and true signatures of
         the officers of each such Company authorized to execute, deliver
         and perform, as applicable, this Agreement, and all other Loan
         Documents to be delivered by it hereunder;

         (c) Organization Documents; Good Standing. Each of the following
    documents:

             (i) the articles or certificate of incorporation and the
         bylaws of each of the Companies or, if applicable, the partnership
         agreement, each as in effect on the Closing Date, certified by the
         Secretary or Assistant Secretary or general partner of each such
         Company as of the Closing Date; and

             (ii) a good standing certificate from the Secretary of State
         (or similar, applicable Governmental Authority) as of a recent
         date, and, if requested by the Agent or any Bank, a bring-down
         certificate by facsimile dated on or about the Closing Date and
         tax good standing certificate, (A) for Esterline, of its state of
         incorporation and the State of Washington, and (B) for each
         Company other than Esterline, of its state of incorporation;

         (d) Legal Opinions. An opinion of Bogle & Gate LLC, counsel to the
    Companies and the Guarantors and addressed to the Agent and the Banks,
    substantially in the form of Exhibit D;

         (e) Certificate. A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of
    each Company, dated as of the Closing Date, stating that:

             (i) the representations and warranties contained in Article VI
         are true and correct on and as of such date, as though made on and
         as of such date;

             (ii) no Default or Event of Default exists or would result
         from the initial Credit Extension; and

             (iii) there has occurred since October 31, 1995, no event or
         circumstance that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to
         result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

         (f) Termination of Existing Facility. Evidence satisfactory to the
    Agent confirming that if any principal, interest, fees, costs or other
    amounts are outstanding under the Existing Facility, all such amounts
    have been paid in full by the Closing Date or that the Loans borrowed
    by the Companies on the Closing Date will be used to repay such
    outstanding amounts, and that the Existing Facility and the commitments
    of the "Banks" thereunder shall thereby terminate on the Closing Date,
    together with evidence satisfactory to BofA, as agent under the
    Existing Facility, of satisfaction or waiver by such Banks of any prior
    notice of such termination as required under the Existing Facility; and

         (g) Other Documents. Such other approvals, opinions, documents or
    materials as the Agent or any Bank may reasonably request.

         5.02 Conditions to All Credit Extensions. The obligation of each
    Bank to make any Loan to be made by it (including its initial Loan) or
    to continue or convert any Loan under Section 2.04 (other than pursuant
    to Section 2.04(c)) and the obligation of the Issuing Bank to Issue any
    Letter of Credit (including the initial Letter of Credit) is subject to
    the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on the relevant
    Borrowing Date, Conversion/Continuation Date or Issuance Date:

         (a) Notice; Application. In the case of any Borrowing of
    Continuation/ Conversion (other than pursuant to Section 2.04(b)), the
    Agent shall have received (with, in the case of the initial Loan only,
    a copy for each Bank) a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of
    Conversion/Continuation, as applicable, and in the case of any Issuance
    of any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank and the Agent shall have
    received an L/C Application or L/C Amendment Application, as required
    under Section 3.02;

         (b) Continuation of Representations and Warranties. The
    representations and warranties in Article VI shall be true and correct
    on and as of such Borrowing Date, Conversion/ Continuation Date or
    Issuance Date with the same effect as if made on and as of such
    Borrowing Date, Conversion/Continuation Date or Issuance Date (except
    to the extent such representations and warranties expressly refer to an
    earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such
    earlier date); and

         (c) No Existing Default. No Default or Event of Default shall
    exist or shall result from such Credit Extension or continuation or
    conversion.

    Each Notice of Borrowing, Notice of Conversion/Continuation and L/C
    Application or L/C Amendment Application submitted by any Company
    hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by each of the
    Companies hereunder, as of the date of each such notice and as of each
    Borrowing Date, Conversion/Continuation Date or Issuance Date, as
    applicable, that the conditions in this Section 4.02 are satisfied.

                                 ARTICLE VI

                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                       ------------------------------

         Each Company represents and warrants to the Agent and each Bank
    that:

         6.01 Corporate Existence and Power. Each Company and each of its
    Subsidiaries:

         (a) is a corporation or partnership duly organized, validly
    existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
    incorporation or formation;

         (b) has the power and authority and all governmental licenses,
    authorizations, consents and approvals to own its assets, carry on its
    business and to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under the
    Loan Documents;

         (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or partnership and
    is licensed and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction
    where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of
    its business requires such qualification or license except to the
    extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to
    have a Material Adverse Effect; and

         (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law except to the
    extent to which the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected
    to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         6.02 Corporate Authorization; No Contravention. The execution,
    delivery and performance by each Company of this Agreement and each
    other Loan Document to which each Company is party, have been duly
    authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not and will not:

         (a) contravene the terms of any of such Company's Organization
    Documents;

         (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or
    the creation of any Lien under, any document evidencing any Contractual
    Obligation to which any Company is a party or any order, injunction,
    writ or decree of any Governmental Authority to which any Company or
    its property is subject; or

         (c) violate any Requirement of Law.

         6.03 Governmental Authorization. No approval, consent, exemption,
    authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any
    Governmental Authority is necessary or required in connection with the
    execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any
    Company or any of its Subsidiaries of the Agreement or any other Loan
    Document.

         6.04 Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Loan Document
    to which any of the Companies is a party constitute the legal, valid
    and binding obligations of such Company, enforceable against such
    Company in accordance with their respective terms, except as
    enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or
    similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally
    or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

         6.05 Litigation. Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule
    6.05, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes
    pending, or to the best knowledge of the Companies, threatened or
    contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any
    Governmental Authority, against the Companies, or its Subsidiaries or
    any of their respective properties which:

         (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other
    Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or
    thereby; or

         (b) if determined adversely to any Company or its Subsidiaries,
    would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No
    injunction, writ, temporary restraining order or any order of any
    nature has been issued by any court or other Governmental Authority
    purporting to enjoin or restrain the execution, delivery or performance
    of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or directing that the
    transactions provided for herein or therein not be consummated as
    herein or therein provided.

         6.06 No Default. No Default or Event of Default exists or would
    result from the incurring of any Obligations by any Company. As of the
    Closing Date, none of the Companies nor any Subsidiary is in default
    under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation in any respect
    which, individually or together with all such defaults, could
    reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or that
    would, if such default had occurred after the Closing Date, create an
    Event of Default under Section 9.01(e).

         6.07 ERISA Compliance.

         (a) As of the Closing Date, each Plan is in compliance with the
    applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state law
    except to the extent to which the failure to so comply could not
    reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan
    which is intended to qualify under subsection 401(a) of the Code has
    received a favorable determination letter from the IRS and to the best
    knowledge of each Company, nothing has occurred which would cause the
    loss of such qualification. As of the Closing Date, each Company and
    each ERISA Affiliate has made all required contributions to any Plan
    subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding
    waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section
    412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.

         (b) As of the Closing Date, there are no pending or, to the best
    knowledge of each Company, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or
    action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan which
    has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material
    Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date, there has been no prohibited
    transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with
    respect to any Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected
    to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

         (c) As of the Closing Date, (i) no ERISA Event has occurred or is
    reasonably expected to occur; and (ii) no event or circumstance has
    occurred or exists that, if such event or circumstance had occurred or
    arisen after the Closing Date, would create an Event of Default under
    Section 9.01(h).

         6.08 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations. The proceeds of the
    Loans are to be used solely for the purposes set forth in and permitted
    by Section 7.12 and Section 8.07. None of the Companies nor any
    Subsidiary is generally engaged in the business of purchasing or
    selling Margin Stock or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing
    or carrying Margin Stock.

         6.09 Title to Properties. Each Company and each Subsidiary have
    good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold
    interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary
    conduct of their respective businesses, except for such defects in
    title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material
    Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date, the property of the Companies
    and their respective Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than
    Permitted Liens.

         6.10 Taxes. The Companies and their respective Subsidiaries have
    filed all Federal and other material tax returns and reports required
    to be filed, and have paid all Federal and other material taxes,
    assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon
    them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable,
    except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate
    proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in
    accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against any
    Company or any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse
    Effect.

         6.11 Financial Condition. (a) The audited consolidated financial
    statements of Esterline and its Subsidiaries dated October 31, 1995,
    and the related consolidated statements of income or operations,
    shareholders' equity and cash flows for the fiscal year ended on that
    date:

             (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP;

             (ii) fairly present the financial condition of Esterline and
         its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and results of operations
         for the period covered thereby; and

             (iii) except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 6.11, show
         all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or
         contingent, of Esterline and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of
         the date hereof, including liabilities for taxes, material
         commitments and Contingent Obligations required to be disclosed in
         accordance with GAAP.

         (b) Since October 31, 1995, (assuming that this Agreement were in
    effect on such date and thereafter) there has been no Material Adverse
    Effect.

         6.12 Environmental Matters. Each Company conducts in the ordinary
    course of business a review of the effect of existing Environmental
    Laws and existing Environmental Claims on its business, operations and
    properties, and as a result thereof each Company has reasonably
    concluded that, except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 6.12, such
    Environmental Laws and Environmental Claims could not, individually or
    in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
    Effect.

         6.13 Regulated Entities. No Company, nor any Person controlling
    any Company, nor any Subsidiary, is an "Investment Company" within the
    meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. No Company is subject to
    regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the
    Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act, any state public
    utilities code, or any other Federal or state statute or regulation
    limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness.

         6.14 No Burdensome Restrictions. None of the Companies nor any
    Subsidiary is a party to or bound by any Contractual Obligation, or
    subject to any restriction in any Organization Document, or any
    Requirement of Law, which could reasonably be expected to have a
    Material Adverse Effect.

         6.15 Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc. To the
    best of each Company's knowledge, each Company or its Subsidiaries own
    or are licensed or otherwise have the right to use all of the patents,
    trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, contractual
    franchises, authorizations and other rights that are reasonably
    necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without
    conflict with the rights of any other Person. To the best knowledge of
    each Company, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process,
    method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now
    contemplated to be employed, by any Company or any Subsidiary infringes
    upon any rights held by any other Person. Except as specifically
    disclosed in Schedule 6.05, no claim or litigation regarding any of the
    foregoing is pending or threatened, and no patent, invention, device,
    application, principle or any statute, law, rule, regulation, standard
    or code is pending or, to the knowledge of each Company, proposed,
    which, in either case, could reasonably be expected to have a Material
    Adverse Effect.

         6.16 Subsidiaries. As of the Closing Date, no Company has any
    Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in part (a) of
    Schedule 6.16 hereto, which shows the form of organization and
    ownership of each such Corporation, and has no equity investments in
    any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed
    in part (b) of Schedule 6.16. Each Company other than Esterline is a
    Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Esterline.

         6.17 Insurance. Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 6.17,
    the properties of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries are
    insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not
    Affiliates of any Company, in such amounts, with such deductibles and
    covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in
    similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where
    any Company or such Subsidiary operates.

         6.18 Swap Obligations. None of the Companies nor any of its
    Subsidiaries has incurred any outstanding obligations under any Swap
    Contracts, other than Permitted Swap Obligations. Each Company has
    voluntarily entered into each Swap Contract to which it is a party
    based upon its own independent assessment of its consolidated assets,
    liabilities and commitments, in each case as an appropriate means of
    mitigating and managing risks associated with such matters, and has not
    relied on any swap counterparty or any Affiliate of any swap
    counterparty in determining whether to enter into any Swap Contract.

         6.19 Full Disclosure. To the best knowledge after due inquiry of
    any Responsible Officer of any of the Companies, none of the
    representations or warranties made by any Company or any Subsidiary in
    the Loan Documents as of the date such representations and warranties
    are made or deemed made, and none of the statements contained in any
    exhibit, report, statement or certificate furnished by or on behalf of
    any Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the Loan Documents
    (including the offering and disclosure materials delivered by or on
    behalf of any Company to the Banks prior to the Closing Date), contains
    any untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact
    required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made
    therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not
    misleading as of the time when made or delivered.

                                ARTICLE VII

                           AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
                           ---------------------

         So long as any Bank shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any
    Loan or other Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, unless the
    Majority Banks waive compliance in writing:

         7.01 Financial Statements. The Companies shall deliver to the
    Agent, in form and detail satisfactory to the Agent and the Majority
    Banks, with sufficient copies for each Bank:

         (a) as soon as available, but not later than March 1 of each year,
    a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of Esterline and its
    Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related consolidated
    statements of income or operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows
    for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the
    figures for the previous fiscal year, and accompanied by the opinion of
    Deloitte & Touche or another nationally recognized independent public
    accounting firm ("Independent Auditor") which report shall state that
    such consolidated financial statements present fairly the financial
    position for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a
    basis consistent with prior years, and together with SEC Form 10K's for
    each Company required to file such form with the SEC. The Independent
    Auditor's opinion shall not be qualified or limited because of a
    restricted or limited examination by the Independent Auditor of any
    material portion of any Company's or any Subsidiary's records;

         (b) as soon as available, but not later than March 31, June 30,
    September 30 and December 31 of each year, a copy for the immediately
    preceding fiscal quarter of the unaudited consolidated and
    consolidating balance sheets of Esterline and its Subsidiaries as of
    the end of such quarter and the related consolidated and consolidating
    statements of income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the
    period commencing on the first day and ending on the last day of such
    quarter, and certified by a Responsible Officer as fairly presenting,
    in accordance with GAAP (subject to ordinary, good faith year-end audit
    adjustments), the financial position and the results of operations of
    each Company and the Subsidiaries, together with SEC Form 10Q's for
    each Company required to file such form with the SEC; and

         (c) as soon as available, but not later than March 1 of each year,
    a copy of an unaudited consolidating balance sheet of Esterline and its
    Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related consolidating
    statement of income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for such year,
    certified by a Responsible Officer as having been developed and used in
    connection with the preparation of the financial statements referred to
    in Section 7.01(a).

         7.02 Certificates; Other Information. The Companies shall furnish
    to the Agent, with sufficient copies for each Bank:

         (a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
    referred to in Sections 7.01(a) and (b), a Compliance Certificate
    executed by a Responsible Officer;

         (b) except for SEC Forms 10K and 10Q to be delivered pursuant to
    Sections 7.01(a) and (c), promptly, and in any event no later than 10
    days after the same is made available to any Company's shareholders or
    is filed with the SEC, copies of all financial statements and reports
    that each Company sends to its shareholders, and copies of all
    financial statements and regular, periodical or special reports that
    each Company or any Subsidiary may make to, or file with, the SEC;

         (c) as soon as available, but in any event no later than the first
    to occur of (i) March 1 of each year or (ii) the date on which
    Esterline delivers the financial statements required to be delivered
    pursuant to Section 7.01(a), a copy of an annual business plan and cash
    budget for Esterline, together with an annual business forecast for the
    succeeding twelve month period, presented on a quarterly basis, in such
    form and in such detail as the Agent or the Majority Banks may require.

         (d) upon the request from time to time of the Agent, the Swap
    Termination Values, together with a description of the method by which
    such values were determined, relating to any then-outstanding Swap
    Contracts to which any Company or any of its Subsidiaries is party; and

         (e) promptly, such additional information regarding the business,
    financial or corporate affairs of each Company or any Subsidiary as the
    Agent, at the request of any Bank, may from time to time reasonably
    request.

         7.03 Notices. The Companies shall promptly notify the Agent and
    each Bank of:

         (a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, and of the
    occurrence or existence of any event or circumstance that foreseeably
    will become a Default or Event of Default;

         (b) any matter that has resulted or could reasonably result in a
    Material Adverse Effect, including: (i) breach or non-performance of,
    or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of any Company or any
    Subsidiary; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or
    suspension between any Company or any Subsidiary and any Governmental
    Authority; (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in,
    any litigation or proceeding affecting any Company or any Subsidiary;
    including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws; or (iv) the
    imposition of any fine or penalty by any Governmental Authority against
    or with respect to any facility or plants of any Company or any
    Subsidiary;

         (c) the occurrence of any of the following events affecting any
    Company or any ERISA Affiliate (but in no event more than 10 days after
    such event), and deliver to the Agent and each Bank a copy of any
    notice with respect to such event that is filed with a Governmental
    Authority and any notice delivered by a Governmental Authority to any
    Company or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to such event:

             (i) an ERISA Event;

             (ii) an increase in the Unfunded Pension Liability of any
         Pension Plan, including as a result of the adoption of any
         amendment to a Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, that could
         reasonably be likely to cause or result in an Event of Default
         under Section 9.01(h); or

             (iii) the adoption of, or the commencement of contributions
         to, any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code by any Company or
         any ERISA Affiliate other than any such Plan in effect and
         receiving contributions as of the Closing Date.

         (d) any Acquisition, or incurring any Contractual Obligations with
    respect to any Acquisition, by any Company or any Subsidiary of any
    Company, if the aggregate cash and noncash consideration (including
    assumption of liabilities and including all Contingent Obligations) in
    connection with such Acquisition is (or could reasonably be expected to
    become) $10,000,000 or more; and

         (e) any Change in Control or any event or circumstance that is
    reasonably likely to result in any Change in Control; and

         Each notice under this Section shall be accompanied by a written
    statement by a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the
    occurrence referred to therein, and stating what action any Company or
    any affected Subsidiary proposes to take with respect thereto and at
    what time. Each notice under Section 7.03(a) shall describe with
    particularity any and all clauses or provisions of this Agreement or
    other Loan Document that have been (or foreseeably will be) breached or
    violated.

         7.04 Preservation of Corporate and Partnership Existence, etc.
    Each Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to:

         (a) (i) preserve and maintain in full force and effect (A) its
    corporate or partnership existence, as the case may be, and good
    standing under the laws of its state or jurisdiction of incorporation
    or organization, and (B) all governmental rights, privileges,
    qualifications, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable
    in the normal conduct of its business; and (ii) use reasonable efforts,
    in the ordinary course of business, to preserve its business
    organization and goodwill; provided, however, that the foregoing shall
    not prevent any transaction permitted by Section 8.02 or 8.03, or the
    termination of the existence of any Subsidiary (other than a Company)
    if, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of Esterline, such
    termination is in the best interest of Esterline and is not otherwise
    prohibited by this Agreement; and

         (b) preserve or renew and maintain all of its registered patents,
    trademarks, trade names and service marks and other intellectual
    property assets, the nonpreservation or nonmaintenance of which could
    reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         7.05 Maintenance of Property. The Companies shall maintain, and
    shall cause each Subsidiary to maintain, and preserve all its property
    which is used or useful in its business in good working order and
    condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and make all necessary
    repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the
    failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
    Adverse Effect. Each Company and each Subsidiary shall use the standard
    of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its
    facilities.

         7.06 Insurance. The Companies shall maintain, and shall cause each
    Subsidiary to maintain, with financially sound and reputable
    independent insurers, insurance with respect to its properties and
    business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured
    against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such
    types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar
    circumstances by such other Persons.

         7.07 Payment of Obligations. Each Company shall, and shall cause
    each Subsidiary to, pay and discharge as the same shall become due and
    payable, all their respective material obligations and liabilities,
    including:

         (a) all material tax liabilities, assessments and governmental
    charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same
    are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
    adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by each
    Company or such Subsidiary;

         (b) all lawful material claims which, if unpaid, would by law
    become a Lien upon its property; and

         (c) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable (but subject to
    any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement
    evidencing such Indebtedness), unless contested in good faith by
    appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP
    are being maintained by each Company or such Subsidiary, except to the
    extent that the nonpayment thereof would not result in or reasonable be
    expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

         7.08 Compliance with Laws. The Companies shall comply, and shall
    cause each Subsidiary to comply, in all respects with all Requirements
    of Law of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over it or its
    business or properties (including the Federal Fair Labor Standards
    Act), unless such noncompliance is being contested in good faith by
    appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP
    are being maintained by each Company or such Subsidiary with respect
    thereto, except to the extent any such noncompliance, individually or
    in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
    Adverse Effect.

         7.09 Inspection of Property and Books and Records. The Companies
    shall maintain and shall cause each Subsidiary to maintain proper books
    of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in
    conformity with GAAP shall be made of all financial transactions and
    matters involving the assets and business of each Company and such
    Subsidiary. The Companies shall permit, and shall cause each Subsidiary
    to permit, representatives and independent contractors of the Agent or
    any Bank to visit and inspect any of their respective properties, to
    examine their respective corporate, financial and operating records,
    and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss their
    respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective
    directors, officers, and independent public accountants at such
    reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be
    reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Companies;
    provided, however, when an Event of Default exists the Agent or any
    Bank may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Companies at any
    time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

         7.10 Environmental Laws. Each Company shall, and shall cause each
    Subsidiary to, conduct its operations and keep and maintain its
    property in compliance with all Environmental Laws, if any
    noncompliance, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be
    expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         7.11 Use of Proceeds. The Companies shall use the proceeds of the
    Loans for working capital, other general corporate purposes and for
    nonhostile Acquisitions, in each case not in contravention of any
    Requirement of Law or of any Loan Document; provided, however, that no
    Company shall directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Loans for
    any Acquisition of any Person if such Acquisition has not been approved
    by the board of directors (or other body exercising similar authority)
    of such Person.

                                ARTICLE VIII

                             NEGATIVE COVENANTS
                             ------------------

         So long as any Bank shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any
    Loan or other Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, unless the
    Majority Banks waive compliance in writing:

         8.01 Limitation on Liens. The Companies shall not, and shall not
    suffer or permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make,
    create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect
    to any part of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired,
    other than the following ("Permitted Liens"):

         (a) any Lien existing on property of any of the Companies or any
    of their respective Subsidiaries on the Closing Date securing
    Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date; provided, however, that
    if all such Indebtedness so secured by such Liens exceeds $1,000,000 in
    the aggregate on the Closing Date, then no such Liens shall be
    permitted under this Section 8.01(a) except for those disclosed in
    Schedule 8.01(a);

         (b) any Lien created under any Loan Document;

         (c) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental
    charges which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty, or
    to the extent that non-payment thereof is permitted by Section 7.07(a),
    provided that no notice of lien has been filed or recorded under the
    Code;

         (d) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', landlords',
    materialmen's, repairmen's or other similar Liens arising in the
    ordinary course of business which are not delinquent or remain payable
    without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by
    appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of
    preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

         (e) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) consisting of
    pledges or deposits required in the ordinary course of business in
    connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other
    social security legislation;

         (f) Liens on the property of any Company or its Subsidiaries
    securing (i) the nondelinquent performance of bids, trade contracts
    (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, (ii)
    contingent obligations on surety and appeal bonds, and (iii) other
    nondelinquent obligations of a like nature; in each case, incurred in
    the ordinary course of business;

         (g) Liens consisting of judgment or judicial attachment liens,
    provided that the enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and
    all such liens in the aggregate at any time outstanding for the
    Companies and their respective Subsidiaries do not exceed $2,500,000;

         (h) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar
    encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the
    aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case
    materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or
    interfere with the ordinary conduct of the businesses of the Companies
    and their respective Subsidiaries;

         (i) Liens on assets of corporations which become Subsidiaries
    after the date of this Agreement, provided, however, that such Liens
    existed at the time the respective corporations became Subsidiaries and
    were not created in anticipation thereof;

         (j) purchase money security interests on any property acquired or
    held by any of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries in the
    ordinary course of business, securing Indebtedness incurred or assumed
    for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of acquiring
    such property; provided that (i) any such Lien attaches to such
    property concurrently with or within 20 days after the acquisition
    thereof, (ii) such Lien attaches solely to the property so acquired in
    such transaction, (iii) the principal amount of the debt secured
    thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of such property, and (iv) the
    principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by any and all such
    purchase money security interests shall not at any time exceed,
    together with Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.05(c),
    $10,000,000;

         (k) Liens securing obligations in respect of capital leases on
    assets subject to such leases, provided that such capital leases are
    otherwise permitted hereunder;

         (l) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law
    provision relating to banker's liens, rights of set-off or similar
    rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained
    with a creditor depository institution; provided that (i) such deposit
    account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject
    to restrictions against access by any of the Companies in excess of
    those set forth by regulations promulgated by the FRB, and (ii) such
    deposit account is not intended by any of the Companies or any of their
    respective Subsidiaries to provide collateral to the depository
    institution; and

         (m) Liens arising pursuant to Section 412(n) of the Code or
    Section 4069(a) of ERISA if (i) the delinquent payments to which the
    Lien relates are made within ten (10) days after the Company or any
    Subsidiary learns of the failure to make payment or (ii) the obligation
    to make such payments is being contested in good faith and by
    appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are
    maintained on the books of the Companies, in accordance with GAAP.

         8.02 Disposition of Assets. The Companies shall not, and shall not
    suffer or permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, sell,
    assign, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of (whether in one
    or a series of transactions) any property (including accounts and notes
    receivable, with or without recourse) or enter into any agreement to do
    any of the foregoing, except:

         (a) dispositions of inventory, or used, worn-out or surplus
    equipment, all in the ordinary course of business;

         (b) the sale of equipment to the extent that such equipment is
    exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement
    equipment, or the proceeds of such sale are reasonably promptly applied
    to the purchase price of such replacement equipment; and

         (c) dispositions not otherwise permitted hereunder which are made
    for fair market value; provided, that (i) at the time of any
    disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or shall result
    from such disposition, (ii) the aggregate sales price from such
    disposition shall be paid in cash, and (iii) the aggregate value of all
    assets so sold by the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries,
    together, shall not exceed in any 12-month period ten percent (10%) of
    Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of the immediately preceding
    fiscal year.

         8.03 Consolidations and Mergers. The Companies shall not, and
    shall not suffer or permit any Subsidiary to, merge, consolidate with
    or into, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in
    one transaction or in a series of transactions all or substantially all
    of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor
    of any Person, except:

         (a) any Subsidiary (other than a Company) may merge with any of
    the Companies, provided that the Companies shall be the continuing or
    surviving corporation, or with any one or more Subsidiaries, provided
    that if any transaction shall be between a Subsidiary and a Wholly
    Owned Subsidiary, the Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing
    or surviving corporation;

         (b) any Subsidiary (other than a Company) may sell all or
    substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or
    otherwise), to any of the Companies; and

         (c) any Subsidiary (other than a Company) may merge with any other
    Person, whether or not such Subsidiary shall be the surviving
    corporation, if the aggregate value of the assets of all such
    Subsidiaries involved in the transaction or transactions, together,
    does not exceed in any 12-month period ten percent (10%) of
    Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of the immediately preceding
    fiscal year.

         8.04 Loans and Investments. The Companies shall not purchase or
    acquire, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to purchase or acquire, or
    make any commitment therefor, any capital stock, equity interest, or
    any obligations or other securities of, or any interest in, any Person,
    or make or commit to make any Acquisitions, or make or commit to make
    any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to or
    any other investment in, or joint venture with, any Person including
    any Affiliate of any of the Companies (together, "Investments"), except
    for:

         (a) Investments held by any of the Companies or their respective
    Subsidiaries in the form of cash equivalents or short term marketable
    securities;

         (b) extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or
    notes receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods or services in
    the ordinary course of business of the Companies and their
    Subsidiaries;

         (c) Investments not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement or any
    of the other Loan Documents by any Company in any other Company;

         (d) extensions of credit by any of the Companies to any of their
    respective Wholly Owned Subsidiaries that are not Companies, or by any
    of such Wholly Owned Subsidiaries to another such Wholly Owned
    Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding
    for all such extensions of credit to such Persons not in excess of 25%
    of Consolidated Net Worth;

         (e) Investments not otherwise permitted pursuant to subsections
    (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this Section in, or Acquisitions of, Persons
    engaged in general industrial manufacturing or other lines of business
    substantially similar to the lines of business of Esterline or its
    Subsidiaries, provided that all of the following are true at the time
    of any such Investment or Acquisition and at the time that any of the
    Companies or any Subsidiary incurs any Contractual Obligation with
    respect to any such Investment or Acquisition:

             (i) the amount of all Investments permitted pursuant to this
         Section 8.04(e), including all Indebtedness incurred or assumed in
         connection with any such Investment, does not exceed in the
         aggregate $150,000,000;

             (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
         continuing or result therefrom; and

             (iii) with respect to Acquisitions of any Person with annual
         sales revenue for the immediately preceding consecutive 12 months
         in excess of five percent (5%) of Esterline's consolidated sales
         revenue for its immediately preceding fiscal year (or, at the
         discretion of the Majority Banks, the immediately preceding four
         fiscal quarters) Esterline has presented to the Agent and the
         Banks pro forma financial projections, using the most recent
         audited historical results of the Person subject to such
         Acquisition and using the most recent historical results of the of
         the Companies and their Subsidiaries delivered to the Agent and
         the Banks pursuant to Section 7.01 hereof, which demonstrate to
         the satisfaction of the Agent and the Majority Banks that for the
         12-month period following the consummation of such Acquisition,
         the Companies will remain in compliance with Sections 8.15, 8.16
         and 8.17 of this Agreement; and

         (f)  Investments constituting Permitted Swap Obligations or 
    payments or advances under Swap Contracts relating to Permitted Swap 
    Obligations.

         8.05 Limitation on Indebtedness. The Companies shall not, and
    shall not suffer or permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume,
    suffer to exist, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly
    liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except:

         (a) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Agreement;

         (b) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and set forth in
    Schedule 8.05(b) and any extensions and renewals of such Indebtedness
    on terms otherwise permitted pursuant to this Agreement, so long as the
    principal amount is not increased, additional collateral is not given
    and unsecured Indebtedness is not made secured Indebtedness;

         (c) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by Section 8.01(j) in
    an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed $10,000,000;

         (d) Indebtedness owing by any Company to any other Company that is
    not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement or any of the other Loan
    Documents;

         (e) Indebtedness arising as a consequence of Investments permitted
    pursuant to Section 8.04(d); and

         (f) Indebtedness owing by a Subsidiary of Esterline that is not a
    Company to a Person other than Esterline or any Subsidiary of Esterline
    provided that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness outstanding
    at any time does not exceed 25% of Consolidated Net Worth as set forth
    in Esterline's quarterly or annual consolidated financial statements
    most recently delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 7.01.

         (g) Indebtedness not otherwise permitted pursuant to subsection
    (a) through (f) of this Section, if (i) such Indebtedness is incurred
    or arises with respect to a transaction not otherwise prohibited by
    this Agreement and (ii) immediately upon becoming obligated with
    respect to such Indebtedness, the Leverage Ratio would not exceed 0.60
    to 1.00.

         8.06 Transactions with Affiliates. The Companies shall not, and
    shall not suffer or permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any
    transaction with any Affiliate of the Companies, except upon fair and
    reasonable terms no less favorable to such Company or such Subsidiary
    than would obtain in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a
    Person not an Affiliate of the Companies or such Subsidiary.

         8.07 Use of Proceeds. (a) The Companies shall not, and shall not
    suffer or permit any Subsidiary to, use any portion of the Loan
    proceeds, directly or indirectly, (i) to purchase or carry Margin
    Stock, (ii) to repay or otherwise refinance indebtedness of the
    Companies or others incurred to purchase or carry Margin Stock, (iii)
    to extend credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin
    Stock, or (iv) to acquire any security in any transaction that is
    subject to Section 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act.

         (b) The Companies shall not, directly or indirectly, use any
    portion of the Loan proceeds (i) knowingly to purchase Ineligible
    Securities from the Arranger during any period in which the Arranger
    makes a market in such Ineligible Securities, (ii) knowingly to
    purchase during the underwriting or placement period Ineligible
    Securities being underwritten or privately placed by the Arranger, or
    (iii) to make payments of principal or interest on Ineligible
    Securities underwritten or privately placed by the Arranger and issued
    by or for the benefit of any of the Companies or any Affiliate of the
    Companies. The Arranger is a registered broker-dealer and permitted to
    underwrite and deal in certain Ineligible Securities; and "Ineligible
    Securities" means securities which may not be underwritten or dealt in
    by member banks of the Federal Reserve System under Section 16 of the
    Banking Act of 1933 (12 U.S.C. SECTION24, Seventh), as amended.

         8.08 Contingent Obligations. The Companies shall not, and shall
    not suffer or permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer
    to exist any Contingent Obligations except:

         (a) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course
    of business;

         (b) Permitted Swap Obligations;

         (c) Contingent Obligations of the Companies and their respective
    Subsidiaries existing as of the Closing Date and listed in Schedule
    8.08(c); and

         (d) Contingent Obligations with respect to Surety Instruments
    incurred in the ordinary course of business and which otherwise
    constitute Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 8.05.

         (e) Guaranty Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of
    business which otherwise constitute Indebtedness permitted pursuant to
    Section 8.05 and which in the aggregate do not exceed 25% of
    Consolidated Net Worth.

         8.09 [Intentionally omitted.]

         8.10 Restricted Payments. The Companies shall not, and shall not
    suffer or permit any Subsidiary to, declare or make any dividend
    payment or other distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights,
    obligations or securities on account of any shares of any class of its
    capital stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any
    shares of its capital stock or any warrants, rights or options to
    acquire such shares, now or hereafter outstanding; except that any of
    the Companies may:

         (a) declare and make dividend payments or other distributions
    payable solely in its common stock;

         (b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares of its common
    stock or warrants or options to acquire any such shares with the
    proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares
    of its common stock; and

         (c) declare or pay cash dividends to its stockholders and
    purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares of its capital stock or
    warrants, rights or options to acquire any such shares for cash solely
    out of 50% of net income of such Company and its Subsidiaries in any
    fiscal year and computed on a cumulative consolidated basis, provided,
    that, immediately after giving effect to such proposed action, no
    Default or Event of Default would exist.

         8.11 ERISA. The Companies shall not, and shall not suffer or
    permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to: (a) engage in a prohibited
    transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with
    respect to any Plan; (b) cause or permit any Plan which is qualified
    under subsection 401(a) of the Code to lose such qualification; or (c)
    fail to make all required contributions to any Plan subject to
    subsection 412 of the Code; but only to the extent that any such act or
    failure to act, separately or together with all other such acts or
    failures to act, in any of the foregoing clauses (a), (b) or (c) has
    resulted or could reasonably expected to result in liability of the
    Companies in an aggregate amount in excess of $1,000,000; or (d) engage
    in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of
    ERISA

         8.12 Change in Business. Except as permitted pursuant to Section
    8.04, the Companies shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any
    Subsidiary to, engage in any material line of business substantially
    different from those lines of business carried on by the Companies and
    their respective Subsidiaries on the date hereof, including as a
    consequence of any Acquisition.

         8.13 Change in Fiscal Year. Esterline shall not change its fiscal
    year or the fiscal year of any of its consolidated Subsidiaries.

         8.14 [Intentionally omitted.]

         8.15 Minimum Consolidated Net Worth. The Companies shall not
    permit, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, Consolidated Net
    Worth to be less than the sum of:

         (a) $98,000,000, plus

         (b) 50% of Consolidated Net Income from January 31, 1996 through
    the end of each fiscal quarter thereafter, determined quarterly on a
    consolidated basis and not reduced by any Consolidated Net Loss, plus

         (c) 75% of the Net Securities Proceeds arising on or after the
    Closing Date to the date of determination.

    As used herein, "Net Securities Proceeds" means, with respect to any
    sale or issuance of equity securities (whether common or preferred,
    options, warrant or capital appreciation rights, but excluding any
    sales or issuances of stock pursuant to employee stock purchase plans,
    employee stock option plans or other employee benefit plans), the
    excess of (A) the gross cash and, to the extent acceptable to the Agent
    and the Majority Banks, noncash proceeds received or receivable by
    Esterline or any Subsidiary from such disposition minus (B) the sum of
    (i) all reasonable Attorney Costs and underwriting and accounting fees
    and disbursements and government fees actually paid (or reasonably
    expected to be paid during the fiscal year in which such sale or
    issuance occurs) in connection with such sale or issuance which are not
    payable to Esterline or to any Affiliate of Esterline or any
    Subsidiary; (ii) all taxes actually paid in connection with such sale
    or issuance; and (iii) the value of such acceptable noncash proceeds.

         8.16 Maximum Leverage Ratio. The Companies shall not permit, as of
    the last day of any fiscal quarter, the Leverage Ratio to exceed 0.60
    to 1.00.

         8.17 Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. The Companies shall not
    permit, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a)
    EBITAR, measured for the period consisting of the four consecutive
    fiscal quarters ending on such day, to (b) the sum of interest expense
    plus Rental Expense, measured for the period consisting of the four
    consecutive fiscal quarters ending on such day, which were deductible
    in determining Consolidated Net Income or Consolidated Net Loss for
    such period, to be less than 2.00 to 1.00. For purposes of calculating
    compliance with this Section 8.17, amounts that would be included in
    either EBITAR or interest expense and Rental Expense on account of any
    Acquisitions made by any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries after
    January 31, 1996 will be excluded unless the Agent and the Banks have
    been provided with independent verification of such historical results.

                                 ARTICLE IX

                             EVENTS OF DEFAULT
                             -----------------

         9.01 Event of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an
    "Event of Default":

         (a) Non-Payment. Any Company fails to pay, (i) when and as
    required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, or
    (ii) within five (5) days after the same becomes due, any interest, fee
    or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document;
    or

         (b) Representation or Warranty. Any representation or warranty by
    any of the Companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries made or
    deemed made herein, in any other Loan Document, or which is contained
    in any certificate, document or financial or other statement by any of
    the Companies, any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any Responsible
    Officer, furnished at any time under this Agreement, or in or under any
    other Loan Document, is incorrect in any material respect on or as of
    the date made or deemed made; or

         (c) Specific Defaults. The of the Companies fails to perform or
    observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in Article VII (other
    than any of Sections 7.06, 7.07, 7.08 or 7.10) or in Article VIII; or

         (d) Other Defaults. Any of the Companies fails to perform or
    observe any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement or any
    other Loan Document, and such default shall continue unremedied for a
    period of 20 days after the earlier of (i) the date upon which a
    Responsible Officer knew or reasonably should have known of such
    failure or (ii) the date upon which written notice thereof is given to
    such Company by the Agent or any Bank; or

         (e) Cross-Default. (i) Any Company or any Subsidiary (A) fails to
    make any payment in respect of any Indebtedness or Contingent
    Obligation (other than in respect of Swap Contracts), having an
    aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available
    amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined
    or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than $2,500,000 when due
    (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration,
    demand, or otherwise); or (B) fails to perform or observe any other
    condition or covenant, or any other event shall occur or condition
    exist, under any agreement or instrument relating to any such
    Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation, and such failure continues after
    the applicable grace or notice period, if any, specified in the
    relevant document on the date of such failure if the effect of such
    failure, event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or
    holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such
    Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders
    or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause such Indebtedness to be
    declared to be due and payable prior to its stated maturity, or such
    Contingent Obligation to become payable or cash collateral in respect
    thereof to be demanded; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an
    Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting
    from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which any
    Company or any Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such
    Swap Contract) or (2) any Termination Event (as so defined) as to which
    any Company or any Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined),
    and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by such Company
    or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than $250,000; or

         (f) Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings. Any Company or any
    Subsidiary (i) ceases or fails to be solvent, or generally fails to
    pay, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they
    become due, subject to applicable grace periods, if any, whether at
    stated maturity or otherwise; (ii) voluntarily ceases to conduct its
    business in the ordinary course; (iii) commences any Insolvency
    Proceeding with respect to itself; or (iv) takes any action to
    effectuate or authorize any of the foregoing; or

         (g) Involuntary Proceedings. (i) Any involuntary Insolvency
    Proceeding is commenced or filed against any Company or any Subsidiary,
    or any writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar
    process, is issued or levied against a substantial part of any
    Company's or any Subsidiary's properties, and any such proceeding or
    petition shall not be dismissed, or such writ, judgment, warrant of
    attachment, execution or similar process shall not be released, vacated
    or fully bonded within 60 days after commencement, filing or levy; (ii)
    any Company or any Subsidiary admits the material allegations of a
    petition against it in any Insolvency Proceeding, or an order for
    relief (or similar order under non-U.S. law) is ordered in any
    Insolvency Proceeding; or (iii) any Company or any Subsidiary
    acquiesces in the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian,
    conservator, liquidator, mortgagee in possession (or agent therefor),
    or other similar Person for itself or a substantial portion of its
    property or business; or

         (h) ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a
    Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could
    reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Companies under
    Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC;
    (ii) any Unfunded Pension Liability with respect to any or all Pension
    Plans shall exist; or (iii) the Companies or any ERISA Affiliate shall
    fail to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace
    period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal
    liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan; but
    only to the extent that any of the foregoing, separately or in the
    aggregate, has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material
    Adverse Effect; or

         (i) Monetary Judgments. One or more noninterlocutory judgments,
    noninterlocutory orders, decrees or arbitration awards is entered
    against any of the Companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries
    involving in the aggregate a liability (to the extent not covered by
    independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not
    dispute coverage) as to any single or related series of transactions,
    incidents or conditions, of $1,000,000 or more, and the same shall
    remain unsatisfied, unvacated and unstayed pending appeal for a period
    of 10 days after the entry thereof; or

         (j) Non-Monetary Judgments. Any non-monetary judgment, order or
    decree is entered against any of the Companies or any of their
    respective Subsidiaries which does or would reasonably be expected to
    have a Material Adverse Effect, and there shall be any period of 10
    consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or
    order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in
    effect; or

         (k) Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control; or

         (l) Loss of Licenses. Any Governmental Authority revokes or fails
    to renew any material license, permit or franchise any of the Companies
    or any of their Subsidiaries, or any of the Companies or any of their
    respective Subsidiaries for any reason loses any material license,
    permit or franchise, or any of the Companies or any of their
    Subsidiaries suffers the imposition of any restraining order, escrow,
    suspension or impound of funds in connection with any proceeding
    (judicial or administrative) with respect to any material license,
    permit or franchise; or

         (m) Adverse Change. There occurs a Material Adverse Effect; or

         (n) Guarantor Defaults. Any Guarantor fails in any material
    respect to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement as a
    guarantor of the Obligations pursuant to Section 11.19, or the guaranty
    set forth therein is for any reason partially (including with respect
    to future advances) or wholly revoked or invalidated, or otherwise
    ceases to be in full force and effect, or any Company as a guarantor
    (or any other Person) contests in any manner the validity or
    enforceability thereof or denies that it has any further liability or
    obligation thereunder; or any event described at subsections (f) or (g)
    of this Section occurs with respect to any Guarantor.

         9.02 Remedies. If any Event of Default occurs, the Agent shall, at
    the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Majority Banks,

         (a) declare the commitment of each Bank to make Loans to be
    terminated, whereupon such commitments shall be terminated;

         (b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans,
    all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or
    payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately
    due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice
    of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each of the
    Companies; and

         (c) exercise on behalf of itself and the Banks all rights and
    remedies available to it and the Banks under the Loan Documents or
    applicable law; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any
    event specified in subsection (f) or (g) of Section 9.01 (in the case
    of clause (i) of subsection (g) upon the expiration of the 60-day
    period mentioned therein), the obligation of each Bank to make Loans
    shall automatically terminate and the unpaid principal amount of all
    outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall
    automatically become due and payable without further act of the Agent
    or any Bank.

         9.03 Rights Not Exclusive. The rights provided for in this
    Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not
    exclusive of any other rights, powers, privileges or remedies provided
    by law or in equity, or under any other instrument, document or
    agreement now existing or hereafter arising.

         9.04 Certain Financial Covenant Defaults. In the event that, after
    taking into account any extraordinary charge to earnings taken or to be
    taken as of the end of any fiscal period of any Company (a "Charge"),
    and if solely by virtue of such Charge, there would exist an Event of
    Default due to the breach of any of Sections 8.15, 8.16 or 8.17 as of
    such fiscal period end date, such Event of Default shall be deemed to
    arise upon the earlier of (a) the date after such fiscal period end
    date on which such Company announces publicly it will take, is taking
    or has taken such Charge (including an announcement in the form of a
    statement in a report filed with the SEC) or, if such announcement is
    made prior to such fiscal period end date, the date that is such fiscal
    period end date, and (b) the date such Company delivers to the Agent
    its audited annual or unaudited quarterly financial statements in
    respect of such fiscal period reflecting such Charge as taken.

                                 ARTICLE X

                                 THE AGENT
                                 ---------

         10.01 Appointment and Authorization; "Agent.

         (a) Each Bank hereby irrevocably (subject to Section 10.09)
    appoints, designates and authorizes the Agent to take such action on
    its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan
    Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are
    expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other
    Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental
    thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained
    elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, the Agent
    shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly
    set forth herein, nor shall the Agent have or be deemed to have any
    fiduciary relationship with any Bank, and no implied covenants,
    functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall
    be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise
    exist against the Agent. Without limiting the generality of the
    foregoing sentence, the use of the term "agent" in this Agreement with
    reference to the Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or
    other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of
    any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of
    market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an
    administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

         (b) The Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the Banks with respect
    to any Letters of Credit Issued by it and the documents associated
    therewith until such time and except for so long as the Agent may agree
    at the request of the Majority Banks to act for such Issuing Bank with
    respect thereto; provided, however, that the Issuing Bank shall have
    all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Agent in this
    Article X with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the
    Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit Issued by it
    (including the Existing Letters of Credit) or proposed to be Issued by
    it and the application and agreements for letters of credit pertaining
    to the Letters of Credit as fully as if the term "Agent," as used in
    this Article X, included the Issuing Bank with respect to such acts or
    omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided in this Agreement with
    respect to the Issuing Bank.

         (c) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing subsections,
    the use of the term "agent" in this Agreement with reference to the
    Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or
    express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable
    law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom,
    and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative
    relationship between independent contracting parties.

         (d) The provisions of this Article X shall survive the payment of
    all Obligations hereunder and inure to the benefit of BofA, including
    after its resignation or replacement as the Agent, as to any actions
    taken or omitted to be taken by BofA while it was the Agent.

         10.02 Delegation of Duties. The Agent may execute any of its
    duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through
    agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice
    of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Agent
    shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent
    or attorney-in-fact that it selects with reasonable care.

         10.03 Liability of Agent. None of the Agent-Related Persons shall
    (i) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of
    them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan
    Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own
    gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii) be responsible in any
    manner to any of the Banks for any recital, statement, representation
    or warranty made by any of the Companies or any Subsidiary or Affiliate
    of the Companies, or any officer thereof, contained in this Agreement
    or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement
    or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the
    Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan
    Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability
    or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for any
    failure of the Companies or any other party to any Loan Document to
    perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related
    Person shall be under any obligation to any Bank to ascertain or to
    inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements
    contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan
    Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the
    Companies or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

         10.04 Reliance by Agent. (a) The Agent shall be entitled to rely,
    and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution,
    notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile,
    telex or telephone message, statement or other document or conversation
    believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent
    or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements
    of legal counsel (including counsel to the Companies), independent
    accountants and other experts selected by the Agent. The Agent shall be
    fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this
    Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such
    advice or concurrence of the Majority Banks as it deems appropriate
    and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its
    satisfaction by the Banks against any and all liability and expense
    which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take
    any such action. The Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in
    acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other
    Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Majority
    Banks and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant
    thereto shall be binding upon all of the Banks.

         (b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions
    specified in Section 4.01, each Bank that has executed this Agreement
    shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be
    satisfied with, each document or other matter either sent by the Agent
    to such Bank for consent, approval, acceptance or satisfaction, or
    required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or
    satisfactory to the Bank.

         10.05 Notice of Default. The Agent shall not be deemed to have
    knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of
    Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal,
    interest and fees required to be paid to the Agent for the account of
    the Banks, unless the Agent shall have received written notice from a
    Bank or a Company referring to this Agreement, describing such Default
    or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of
    default." The Agent will notify the Banks of its receipt of any such
    notice. The Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default
    or Event of Default as may be requested by the Majority Banks in
    accordance with Article IX; provided, however, that unless and until
    the Agent has received any such request, the Agent may (but shall not
    be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action,
    with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem
    advisable or in the best interest of the Banks.

         10.06 Credit Decision. Each Bank acknowledges that none of the
    Agent-Related Persons has made any representation or warranty to it,
    and that no act by the Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of
    the affairs of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries, shall
    be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any
    Agent-Related Person to any Bank. Each Bank represents to the Agent
    that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related
    Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed
    appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the
    business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other
    condition and credit worthiness of the Companies and their respective
    Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank regulatory laws relating to the
    transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter
    into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Companies hereunder.
    Each Bank also represents that it will, independently and without
    reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and
    information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make
    its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not
    taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to
    make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to
    the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other
    condition and credit worthiness of the Companies and their respective
    Subsidiaries. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly
    herein required to be furnished to the Banks by the Agent, the Agent
    shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Bank with any
    credit or other information concerning the business, prospects,
    operations, property, financial and other condition or credit
    worthiness of the Companies which may come into the possession of any
    of the Agent-Related Persons.

         10.07 Indemnification of Agent. Whether or not the transactions
    contemplated hereby are consummated, the Banks shall indemnify upon
    demand the Agent-Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by or on
    behalf of the Companies and without limiting the obligation of the
    Companies to do so), pro rata, from and against any and all Indemnified
    Liabilities; provided, however, that no Bank shall be liable for the
    payment to the Agent-Related Persons of any portion of such Indemnified
    Liabilities resulting solely from such Person's gross negligence or
    willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Bank
    shall reimburse the Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any
    costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by
    the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery,
    administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through
    negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in
    respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other
    Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein,
    to the extent that the Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or
    on behalf of the Companies. The undertaking in this Section shall
    survive the payment of all Obligations hereunder and the resignation or
    replacement of the Agent.

         10.08 Agent in Individual Capacity. BofA and its Affiliates may
    make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept
    deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any
    kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other
    business with the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries and
    Affiliates as though BofA were not the Agent hereunder and without
    notice to or consent of the Banks. The Banks acknowledge that, pursuant
    to such activities, BofA or its Affiliates may receive information
    regarding any of the Companies or their Affiliates (including
    information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor
    of such Company or such Subsidiary) and acknowledge that the Agent
    shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them. With
    respect to its Loans, BofA shall have the same rights and powers under
    this Agreement as any other Bank and may exercise the same as though it
    were not the Agent, and the terms "Bank" and "Banks" include BofA in
    its individual capacity.

         10.09 Successor Agent. The Agent may, and at the request of the
    Majority Banks shall, resign as Agent upon 30 days' notice to the
    Banks. If the Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Majority Banks
    shall appoint from among the Banks a successor agent for the Banks. If
    no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the
    resignation of the Agent, the Agent may appoint, after consulting with
    the Banks and the Companies, a successor agent from among the Banks.
    Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder,
    such successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties
    of the retiring Agent and the term "Agent" shall mean such successor
    agent and the retiring Agent's appointment, powers and duties as Agent
    shall be terminated. After any retiring Agent's resignation hereunder
    as Agent, the provisions of this Article X and Sections 11.04 and 11.05
    shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be
    taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement. If no successor
    agent has accepted appointment as Agent by the date which is 30 days
    following a retiring Agent's notice of resignation, the retiring
    Agent's resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and
    the Banks shall perform all of the duties of the Agent hereunder until
    such time, if any, as the Majority Banks appoint a successor agent as
    provided for above.

         10.10 Withholding Tax. (a) If any Bank is a "foreign corporation,
    partnership or trust" within the meaning of the Code and such Bank
    claims exemption from, or a reduction of, U.S. withholding tax under
    Sections 1441 or 1442 of the Code, such Bank agrees with and in favor
    of the Agent, to deliver to the Agent:

             (i) if such Bank claims an exemption from, or a reduction of,
         withholding tax under a United States tax treaty, two properly
         completed and executed copies of IRS Form 1001 before the payment
         of any interest in the first calendar year and before the payment
         of any interest in each third succeeding calendar year during
         which interest may be paid under this Agreement;

             (ii) if such Bank claims that interest paid under this
         Agreement is exempt from United States withholding tax because it
         is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of
         such Bank, two properly completed and executed copies of IRS Form
         4224 before the payment of any interest is due in the first
         taxable year of such Bank and in each succeeding taxable year of
         such Bank during which interest may be paid under this Agreement;
         and

             (iii) such other form or forms as may be required under the
         Code or other laws of the United States as a condition to
         exemption from, or reduction of, United States withholding tax.

    Such Bank agrees to promptly notify the Agent of any change in
    circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed
    exemption or reduction.

         (b) If any Bank claims exemption from, or reduction of,
    withholding tax under a United States tax treaty by providing IRS Form
    1001 and such Bank sells, assigns, grants a participation in, or
    otherwise transfers all or part of the Obligations of the Companies to
    such Bank, such Bank agrees to notify the Agent of the percentage
    amount in which it is no longer the beneficial owner of Obligations of
    the Companies to such Bank. To the extent of such percentage amount,
    the Agent will treat such Bank's IRS Form 1001 as no longer valid.

         (c) If any Bank claiming exemption from United States withholding
    tax by filing IRS Form 4224 with the Agent sells, assigns, grants a
    participation in, or otherwise transfers all or part of the Obligations
    of the Companies to such Bank, such Bank agrees to undertake sole
    responsibility for complying with the withholding tax requirements
    imposed by Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code.

         (d) If any Bank is entitled to a reduction in the applicable
    withholding tax, the Agent may withhold from any interest payment to
    such Bank an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax after
    taking into account such reduction. However, if the forms or other
    documentation required by subsection (a) of this Section are not
    delivered to the Agent, then the Agent may withhold from any interest
    payment to such Bank not providing such forms or other documentation an
    amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax imposed by Sections
    1441 and 1442 of the Code, without reduction.

         (e) If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority of the United
    States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Agent did not
    properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any
    Bank (because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not
    properly executed, or because such Bank failed to notify the Agent of a
    change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from, or reduction
    of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any other reason) such Bank
    shall indemnify the Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or
    indirectly, by the Agent as tax or otherwise, including penalties and
    interest, and including any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the
    amounts payable to the Agent under this Section, together with all
    costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs). The obligation of the
    Banks under this subsection shall survive the payment of all
    Obligations and the resignation or replacement of the Agent.

                                 ARTICLE XI

                               MISCELLANEOUS
                               -------------

         11.01 Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any
    provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent
    with respect to any departure by the Companies or any applicable
    Subsidiary therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in
    writing and signed by the Majority Banks (or by the Agent at the
    written request of the Majority Banks) and the Companies and
    acknowledged by the Agent, and then any such waiver or consent shall be
    effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose
    for which given; provided, however, that no such waiver, amendment, or
    consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all the Banks and
    Companies and acknowledged by the Agent, do any of the following:

         (a) increase or extend the Commitment of any Bank (or reinstate
    any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 9.02);

         (b) postpone or delay any date fixed by this Agreement or any
    other Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees or
    other amounts due to the Banks (or any of them) hereunder or under any
    other Loan Document;

         (c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified
    herein on any Loan, or (subject to clause (ii) below) any fees or other
    amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

         (d) change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate
    unpaid principal amount of the Loans which is required for the Banks or
    any of them to take any action hereunder; or

         (e) amend this Section, or Section 2.14, or any provision herein
    providing for consent or other action by all Banks;

    and, provided further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall,
    unless in writing and signed by the Agent in addition to the Majority
    Banks or all the Banks, as the case may be, affect the rights or duties
    of the Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and (ii)
    the Fee Letters may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder
    waived, in a writing executed by the parties thereto.

         11.02 Notices. (a) All notices, requests, consents, approvals,
    waivers and other communications shall be in writing (including, unless
    the context expressly otherwise provides, by facsimile transmission,
    provided that any matter transmitted by the Companies by facsimile (i)
    shall be immediately confirmed by a telephone call to the recipient at
    the number specified on Schedule 11.02, and (ii) shall be followed
    promptly by delivery of a hard copy original thereof) and mailed, faxed
    or delivered, to the address or facsimile number specified for notices
    on Schedule 11.02; or, as directed to the Companies or the Agent, to
    such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written
    notice to the other parties, and as directed to any other party, at
    such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written
    notice to the Companies and the Agent.

         (b) All such notices, requests and communications shall, when
    transmitted by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when
    delivered for overnight (next-day) delivery, or transmitted in legible
    form by facsimile machine, respectively, or if mailed, upon the third
    Business Day after the date deposited into the U.S. mail, or if
    delivered, upon delivery; except that notices pursuant to Article II or
    X to the Agent shall not be effective until actually received by the
    Agent.

         (c) Any agreement of the Agent and the Banks herein to receive
    certain notices by telephone or facsimile is solely for the convenience
    and at the request of the Companies. The Agent and the Banks shall be
    entitled to rely on the authority of any Person purporting to be a
    Person authorized by any of the Companies to give such notice and the
    Agent and the Banks shall not have any liability to any of the
    Companies or other Person on account of any action taken or not taken
    by the Agent or the Banks in reliance upon such telephonic or facsimile
    notice. The obligation of the Companies to repay the Loans shall not be
    affected in any way or to any extent by any failure by the Agent and
    the Banks to receive written confirmation of any telephonic or
    facsimile notice or the receipt by the Agent and the Banks of a
    confirmation which is at variance with the terms understood by the
    Agent and the Banks to be contained in the telephonic or facsimile
    notice.

         11.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and
    no delay in exercising, on the part of the Agent or any Bank, any
    right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver
    thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy,
    power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise
    thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

         11.04 Costs and Expenses. The Companies shall:

         (a) whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are
    consummated, pay or reimburse BofA (including in its capacity as Agent)
    and the Arranger within five Business Days after demand for all costs
    and expenses incurred by BofA (including in its capacity as Agent) or
    the Arranger in connection with the development, preparation, delivery,
    administration and execution of, and any amendment, supplement, waiver
    or modification to (in each case, whether or not consummated), this
    Agreement, any Loan Document and any other documents prepared in
    connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation of the
    transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including reasonable
    Attorney Costs incurred by BofA (including in its capacity as Agent)
    with respect thereto; and

         (b) pay or reimburse the Agent, the Arranger and each Bank within
    five Business Days after demand for all costs and expenses (including
    Attorney Costs) incurred by them in connection with the enforcement,
    attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or remedies under
    this Agreement or any other Loan Document during the existence of an
    Event of Default or after acceleration of the Loans (including in
    connection with any "workout" or restructuring regarding the Loans, and
    including in any Insolvency Proceeding or appellate proceeding).

         11.05 Indemnity.

         (a) General Indemnity. Whether or not the transactions
    contemplated hereby are consummated, the Companies shall indemnify,
    defend and hold the Agent-Related Persons, and each Bank and each of
    its respective officers, directors, employees, counsel, agents and
    attorneys-in-fact (each, an "Indemnified Person") harmless from and
    against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
    penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, charges, expenses and
    disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature
    whatsoever which may at any time (including at any time following
    repayment of the Loans and the termination, resignation or replacement
    of the Agent or replacement of any Bank) be imposed on, incurred by or
    asserted against any such Person in any way relating to or arising out
    of this Agreement or any document contemplated by or referred to
    herein, or the transactions contemplated hereby, or any action taken or
    omitted by any such Person under or in connection with any of the
    foregoing, including with respect to any investigation, litigation or
    proceeding (including any Insolvency Proceeding or appellate
    proceeding) related to or arising out of this Agreement or the Loans or
    the use of the proceeds thereof, whether or not any Indemnified Person
    is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the "Indemnified
    Liabilities"); provided, that the Companies shall have no obligation
    hereunder to any Indemnified Person with respect to Indemnified
    Liabilities resulting solely from the gross negligence or willful
    misconduct of such Indemnified Person. The agreements in this Section
    shall survive payment of all other Obligations.

         (b) Environmental Indemnity.

             (i) The Companies hereby agree to indemnify, defend and hold
         harmless each Indemnified Person, from and against any and all
         liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,
         judgments, suits, costs, charges, expenses or disbursements
         (including Attorney Costs and the allocated cost of internal
         environmental audit or review services), which may be incurred by
         or asserted against such Indemnified Person in connection with or
         arising out of any pending or threatened investigation, litigation
         or proceeding, or any action taken by any Person, with respect to
         any Environmental Claim arising out of or related to any Property
         of any of the Companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries.
         No action taken by legal counsel chosen by the Agent or any Bank
         in defending against any such investigation, litigation or
         proceeding or requested remedial, removal or response action shall
         vitiate or any way impair the Companies' obligation and duty
         hereunder to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and each Bank.

             (ii) In no event shall any site visit, observation, or testing
         by the Agent or any Bank be deemed a representation or warranty
         that Hazardous Materials are or are not present in, on, or under
         the site, or that there has been or shall be compliance with any
         Environmental Law. Neither the Companies nor any other Person is
         entitled to rely on any site visit, observation, or testing by the
         Agent or any Bank. Neither the Agent nor any Bank owes any duty of
         care to protect the Companies or any other Person against, or to
         inform the Companies or any other party of, any Hazardous
         Materials or any other adverse condition affecting any site or
         Property. Neither the Agent nor any Bank shall be obligated to
         disclose to the Companies or any other Person any report or
         findings made as a result of, or in connection with, any site
         visit, observation, or testing by the Agent or any Bank.

         (c) Survival; Defense. The obligations in this Section 11.05 shall
    survive payment of all other Obligations. At the election of any
    Indemnified Person, each of the Companies shall defend such Indemnified
    Person using legal counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Person in
    such Person's sole discretion, at the sole cost and expense of the
    Companies.

         (d) Existing Indemnification Rights. All rights of the Agent and
    the Banks in respect of any indemnification and otherwise for
    reimbursement or payment of any losses, costs, charges, expenses or
    disbursements (including Attorney Costs) under or in respect of the
    Existing Facility shall survive the execution and delivery of this
    Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

         11.06 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any of the Companies
    makes a payment to the Agent or the Banks, or the Agent or the Banks
    exercise their right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of
    such set-off or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared
    to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including
    pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Agent or such Bank in
    its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party,
    in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, then (a) to
    the extent of such recovery the obligation or part thereof originally
    intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force
    and effect as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not
    occurred, and (b) each Bank severally agrees to pay to the Agent upon
    demand its pro rata share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by
    the Agent.

         11.07 Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement
    shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto
    and their respective successors and assigns, except that none of the
    Companies may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under
    this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Agent and each
    Bank.

         11.08 Assignments, Participations, etc. (a) Any Bank may, with the
    written consent of the Agent and with the written consent of Esterline
    at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default,
    which consent of Esterline, if required, shall not be unreasonably
    withheld, at any time assign and delegate to one or more Eligible
    Assignees (provided that no written consent of Esterline or the Agent
    shall be required in connection with any assignment and delegation by a
    Bank to an Eligible Assignee that is an Affiliate of such Bank) (each
    an "Assignee") all, or any ratable part of all, of the Loans, the
    Commitments and the other rights and obligations of such Bank
    hereunder, in a minimum amount of $3,000,000; provided, however, that
    the Companies and the Agent may continue to deal solely and directly
    with such Bank in connection with the interest so assigned to an
    Assignee until (i) written notice of such assignment, together with
    payment instructions, addresses and related information with respect to
    the Assignee, shall have been given to Esterline and the Agent by such
    Bank and the Assignee; (ii) such Bank and its Assignee shall have
    delivered to Esterline and the Agent an Assignment and Acceptance in
    the form of Exhibit E ("Assignment and Acceptance") together with any
    Note or Notes subject to such assignment and (iii) the assignor Bank or
    Assignee has paid to the Agent a processing fee in the amount of
    $3,500. If the consent of the Agent and of Esterline shall be required
    for any such assignment, the Bank proposing to make such assignment
    shall give the Agent and Esterline no less than 20 calendar days notice
    of such requested consent.

         (b) From and after the date that the Agent notifies the assignor
    Bank that it has received (and provided its consent with respect to) an
    executed Assignment and Acceptance and payment of the above- referenced
    processing fee, (i) the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto
    and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been
    assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, shall have
    the rights and obligations of a Bank under the Loan Documents, and (ii)
    the assignor Bank shall, to the extent that rights and obligations
    hereunder and under the other Loan Documents have been assigned by it
    pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and
    be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents.

         (c) Within five Business Days after its receipt of notice by the
    Agent that it has received an executed Assignment and Acceptance and
    payment of the processing fee and requesting new Notes (and provided
    that it consents to such assignment in accordance with Section
    11.08(a)), the Companies shall execute and deliver to the Agent, new
    Notes evidencing such Assignee's assigned Loans and Commitment and, if
    the assignor Bank has retained a portion of its Loans and its
    Commitment, replacement Notes in the principal amount of the Loans
    retained by the assignor Bank (such Notes to be in exchange for, but
    not in payment of, the Notes held by such Bank). Immediately upon each
    Assignee's making its processing fee payment under the Assignment and
    Acceptance, this Agreement shall be deemed to be amended to the extent,
    but only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition of the
    Assignee and the resulting adjustment of the Commitments arising
    therefrom. The Commitment allocated to each Assignee shall reduce such
    Commitments of the assigning Bank pro tanto.

         (d) Any Bank may, with the written consent of Esterline at all
    times other than during the existence of an Event of Default, which
    consent of Esterline, if required, shall not be unreasonably withheld,
    at any time sell to one or more commercial banks or other Persons not
    Affiliates of the Companies (a "Participant") participating interests
    in any Loans, the Commitment of that Bank and the other interests of
    that Bank (the "originating Bank") hereunder and under the other Loan
    Documents; provided, however, that (i) the originating Bank's
    obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the
    originating Bank shall remain solely responsible for the performance of
    such obligations, (iii) the Companies and the Agent shall continue to
    deal solely and directly with the originating Bank in connection with
    the originating Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement and
    the other Loan Documents, and (iv) no Bank shall transfer or grant any
    participating interest under which the Participant has rights to
    approve any amendment to, or any consent or waiver with respect to,
    this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except to the extent such
    amendment, consent or waiver would require unanimous consent of the
    Banks as pursuant to subsections (a), (b) or (c) of the first proviso
    to Section 11.01, in which event such Participant shall (if agreed by
    the originating Bank) be entitled to vote with respect to such
    amendment, consent or waiver. In the case of any such participation,
    the Participant shall be entitled to the benefit of Sections 4.01, 4.03
    and 11.05 as though it were also a Bank hereunder, and if amounts
    outstanding under this Agreement are due and unpaid, or shall have been
    declared or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an
    Event of Default, each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of
    set-off in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under
    this Agreement to the same extent as if the amount of its participating
    interest were owing directly to it as a Bank under this Agreement. If
    the consent of the Esterline shall be required for any such
    participation, the Bank proposing to make such participation shall give
    the Agent and Esterline no less than 20 calendar days notice of such
    requested consent.

         (e) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, any
    Bank may at any time create a security interest in, or pledge, all or
    any portion of its rights under and interest in this Agreement and the
    Note held by it in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with
    Regulation A of the FRB or U.S. Treasury Regulation 31 CFR
    SECTION203.14, and such Federal Reserve Bank may enforce such pledge or
    security interest in any manner permitted under applicable law.

         11.09 Confidentiality. Each Bank agrees to take and to cause its
    Affiliates to take normal and reasonable precautions and exercise due
    care to maintain the confidentiality of all information identified as
    "confidential" or "secret" by the Companies and provided to it by any
    of the Companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or by the
    Agent on such Company's or such Subsidiary's behalf, under this
    Agreement or any other Loan Document, and neither it nor any of its
    Affiliates shall use any such information other than in connection with
    or in enforcement of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in
    connection with other business now or hereafter existing or
    contemplated with any of the Companies or any of their respective
    Subsidiaries; except to the extent such information (i) was or becomes
    generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure
    by the Bank, or (ii) was or becomes available on a nonconfidential
    basis from a source other than the Companies, provided that such source
    is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Companies known to
    the Bank; provided, however, that any Bank may disclose such
    information (A) at the request or pursuant to any requirement of any
    Governmental Authority to which the Bank is subject or in connection
    with an examination of such Bank by any such authority; (B) pursuant to
    subpoena or other court process; (C) when required to do so in
    accordance with the provisions of any applicable Requirement of Law;
    (D) to the extent reasonably required in connection with any litigation
    or proceeding to which the Agent, any Bank or their respective
    Affiliates may be party; (E) to the extent reasonably required in
    connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other
    Loan Document; (F) to such Bank's independent auditors and other
    professional advisors; (G) to any Participant or Assignee, actual or
    potential, provided that such Person agrees in writing to keep such
    information confidential to the same extent required of the Banks
    hereunder; (H) as to any Bank or its Affiliate, as expressly permitted
    under the terms of any other document or agreement regarding
    confidentiality to which any of the Companies or any of their
    respective Subsidiaries is party to or is deemed party to with such
    Bank or such Affiliate; and (I) to its Affiliates.

         11.10 Set-off In addition to any rights and remedies of the Banks
    provided by law, if an Event of Default exists or the Loans have been
    accelerated, each Bank is authorized at any time and from time to time,
    without prior notice to the Companies, any such notice being waived by
    the Companies to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and
    apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand,
    provisional or final) at any time held by, and other indebtedness at
    any time owing by, such Bank to or for the credit or the account of the
    Companies against any and all Obligations owing to such Bank, now or
    hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not the Agent or such
    Bank shall have made demand under this Agreement or any Loan Document
    and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured. Each Bank
    agrees promptly to notify the Companies and the Agent after any such
    set-off and application made by such Bank; provided, however, that the
    failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such
    set-off and application.

         11.11 [Intentionally Omitted]

         11.12 Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, etc. Each Bank
    shall notify the Agent in writing of any changes in the address to
    which notices to the Bank should be directed, of addresses of any
    Lending Office, of payment instructions in respect of all payments to
    be made to it hereunder and of such other administrative information as
    the Agent shall reasonably request.

         11.13 Termination of the Facility A Commitment under Existing
    Facility. Pursuant to Section 6.3 of the Existing Facility, the
    Companies hereby terminate the Facility A Commitment (as that term is
    defined in the Existing Facility) as of the Closing Date, and the Banks
    that are "Banks" under the Existing Facility hereby waive the prior
    notice requirement in Section 6.3 for such termination. The Company
    agrees to pay, on the date hereof, all accrued commitment fees under
    the Existing Facility to the Closing Date.

         11.14 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number
    of separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be
    deemed an original, and all of said counterparts taken together shall
    be deemed to constitute but one and the same instrument.

         11.15 Severability. The illegality or unenforceability of any
    provision of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required
    hereunder shall not in any way affect or impair the legality or
    enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement or any
    instrument or agreement required hereunder.

         11.16 No Third Parties Benefited. This Agreement is made and
    entered into for the sole protection and legal benefit of the
    Companies, the Banks, the Agent and the Agent-Related Persons, and
    their permitted successors and assigns, and no other Person shall be a
    direct or indirect legal beneficiary of, or have any direct or indirect
    cause of action or claim in connection with, this Agreement or any of
    the other Loan Documents.

         11.17 Governing Law and Jurisdiction.

         (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
    CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA;
    PROVIDED THAT THE AGENT AND THE BANKS SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING
    UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

         (b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT
    OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF
    CALIFORNIA OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF
    CALIFORNIA, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF
    THE COMPANIES, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN
    RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE
    COURTS. EACH OF THE COMPANIES, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS IRREVOCABLY
    WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR
    BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR
    HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH
    JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED
    HERETO. THE COMPANIES, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS EACH WAIVE PERSONAL
    SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE
    BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY CALIFORNIA LAW.

         11.18 Waiver of Jury Trial. THE COMPANIES, THE BANKS AND THE AGENT
    EACH WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR
    CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS
    AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED
    HEREBY OR THEREBY, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY
    TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ANY
    AGENT- RELATED PERSON, PARTICIPANT OR ASSIGNEE, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO
    CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE. THE COMPANIES, THE BANKS
    AND THE AGENT EACH AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL
    BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE
    FOREGOING, THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A
    TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION,
    COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO
    CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER
    LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF OR THEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL
    APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR
    MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

         11.19 Guaranty.

         (a) Guaranty. Each of the Companies, in its capacity as a
    Guarantor, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Agent, the
    Issuing Bank and the Banks, and their respective successors, endorsees,
    transferees and assigns, the full and prompt payment when due (whether
    at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration,
    demand or otherwise) and performance of the Obligations of each Company
    (other than such Guarantor) to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the
    Banks (the "Guaranteed Obligations"). The Guaranteed Obligations do not
    include any of the direct obligations or indebtedness of the Guarantor
    as a borrower (or an L/C Borrower) under the Credit Agreement to the
    Issuing Bank, any of the Banks or the Agent. The Guaranteed Obligations
    include interest which, but for an Insolvency Proceeding, would have
    accrued on such Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not a claim is
    allowed against any Company for such interest in any such Insolvency
    Proceeding.

         (b) Separate Obligation. Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees
    (i) that the Guaranteed Obligations are separate and distinct from any
    indebtedness, obligations or liabilities arising under or in connection
    with any other agreement, instrument or guaranty, including under any
    provision of this Agreement other than this Section 11.19, executed at
    any time by the Guarantor in favor of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or
    any of the Banks, and (ii) the Guarantor shall pay and perform all of
    the Guaranteed Obligations as required under this Section 11.19, and
    the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks may enforce any and all of
    their rights and remedies hereunder, without regard to any other
    agreement, instrument or guaranty, including any provision of this
    Agreement other than this Section 11.19, at any time executed by the
    Guarantor in favor of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any of the Banks,
    regardless of whether or not any such other agreement, instrument or
    guaranty, or any provision thereof or hereof, shall for any reason
    become unenforceable or any of the indebtedness, obligations or
    liabilities thereunder shall have been discharged, whether by
    performance, avoidance or otherwise. Each Guarantor acknowledges that
    in providing benefits to the Companies and the Guarantor, the Agent,
    the Issuing Bank and the Banks are relying upon the enforceability of
    this Section 11.19 and the Guaranteed Obligations as separate and
    distinct indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the Guarantor,
    and each Guarantor agrees that the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the
    Banks would be denied the full benefit of their bargain if at any time
    this Section 11.19 or the Guaranteed Obligations were treated any
    differently. The fact that the guaranty is set forth in this Agreement
    rather than in a separate guaranty document is for the convenience of
    the Companies and the Guarantors and shall in no way impair or
    adversely affect the rights or benefits of the Banks, the L/C Bank or
    the Agent under this Section 11.19. Each Guarantor agrees to execute
    and deliver a separate agreement, immediately upon request at any time
    of the Agent or any Bank, evidencing the Guarantor's obligations under
    this Section 11.19. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, a
    separate action or actions may be brought against the Guarantor,
    whether or not any other Company or any other guarantor or Person is
    joined therein or a separate action or actions are brought against any
    Company or any such other guarantor or Person.

         (c) Limitation of Guaranty. To the extent that any court of
    competent jurisdiction shall impose by final judgment under applicable
    law (including the California Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act and
    Sections 544 and 548 of the Bankruptcy Code) any limitations on
    the amount of the Guarantor's liability with respect to the Guaranteed
    Obligations which the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Banks can enforce
    under this Section 11.19, the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks by
    their acceptance hereof accept such limitation on the amount of the
    Guarantor's liability hereunder to the extent needed to make this
    Section 11.19 fully enforceable and nonavoidable.

         (d) Liability of Guarantor. The liability of the Guarantor under
    this Section 11.19 shall be irrevocable, absolute, independent and
    unconditional, and shall not be affected by any circumstance which
    might constitute a discharge of a surety or guarantor other than the
    indefeasible payment and performance in full of all Guaranteed
    Obligations. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the
    generality thereof, each Guarantor agrees as follows:

             (i) each Guarantor's liability hereunder shall be the
         immediate, direct, and primary obligation of the Guarantor and
         shall not be contingent upon the Agent's, the Issuing Bank's or
         any Bank's exercise or enforcement of any remedy it may have
         against any of the other Companies or any other Person, or against
         any collateral or other security for any Guaranteed Obligations;

             (ii) this Guaranty is a guaranty of payment when due and not
         merely of collectibility;

             (iii) the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks may enforce
         this Section 11.19 upon the occurrence of an Event of Default
         notwithstanding the existence of any dispute among the Agent, the
         Issuing Bank and the Banks and any Company with respect to the
         existence of such Event of Default;

             (iv) the Guarantor's payment of a portion, but not all, of the
         Guaranteed Obligations shall in no way limit, affect, modify or
         abridge the Guarantor's liability for any portion of the
         Guaranteed Obligations remaining unsatisfied; and

             (v) the Guarantor's liability with respect to the Guaranteed
         Obligations shall remain in full force and effect without regard
         to, and shall not be impaired or affected by, nor shall the
         Guarantor be exonerated or discharged by, any of the following
         events:

                 (A) any Insolvency Proceeding;

                 (B) any limitation, discharge, or cessation of the
             liability of the any Company or any other guarantor or Person
             for any Guaranteed Obligations due to any statute, regulation
             or rule of law, or any invalidity or unenforceability in whole
             or in part of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or the Loan
             Documents;

                 (C) any merger, acquisition, consolidation or change in
             structure of any Company or any other guarantor or Person, or
             any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any or all
             of the assets or shares of any Company or any other guarantor
             or other Person; (D) any assignment or other transfer, in
             whole or in part, of the Agent's, the Issuing Bank's or any
             Bank's interests in and rights under this Guaranty or the
             other Loan Documents;

                 (E) any claim, defense, counterclaim or setoff, other than
             that of prior performance, that any Company, the Guarantor,
             any other guarantor or other Person may have or assert,
             including any defense of incapacity or lack of corporate or
             other authority to execute any of the Loan Documents;

                 (F) the Agent's, the Issuing Bank's or any Bank's
             amendment, modification, renewal, extension, cancellation or
             surrender of any Loan Document or any Guaranteed Obligations;

                 (G) the Agent's, the Issuing Bank's or any Bank's exercise
             or nonexercise of any power, right or remedy with respect to
             any Guaranteed Obligations or any collateral;

                 (H) the Agent's, the Issuing Bank's or any Bank's vote,
             claim, distribution, election, acceptance, action or inaction
             in any Insolvency Proceeding;

                 (I) any other guaranty, whether by the Guarantor or any
             other Person, of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations
             or any other indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of any
             Company to the Agent or the Banks.

         (e) Consents of Guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally
    consents and agrees that, without notice to or further assent from the
    Guarantor:

             (i) the principal amount of the Guaranteed Obligations may be
         increased or decreased and additional indebtedness or obligations
         of any Company under the Loan Documents may be incurred and the
         time, manner, place or terms of any payment under any Loan
         Document may be extended or changed, by one or more amendments,
         modifications, renewals or extensions of any Loan Document or
         otherwise;

             (ii) the time for any Company's (or any other Person's)
         performance of or compliance with any term, covenant or agreement
         on its part to be performed or observed under any Loan Document
         may be extended, or such performance or compliance waived, or
         failure in or departure from such performance or compliance
         consented to, all in such manner and upon such terms as the Agent,
         the Issuing Bank and the Banks may deem proper;

             (iii) the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks may request
         and accept other guaranties and may take and hold other security
         as collateral for the Guaranteed Obligations, and may, from time
         to time, in whole or in part, exchange, sell, surrender, release,
         subordinate, modify, waive, rescind, compromise or extend such
         other guaranties or security and may permit or consent to any such
         action or the result of any such action, and may apply such
         security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof;

             (iv) the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks may exercise,
         or waive or otherwise refrain from exercising, any other right,
         remedy, power or privilege even if the exercise thereof affects or
         eliminates any right of subrogation or any other right of the
         Guarantor against any Company;

         (f) Guarantor's Waivers. Each Guarantor waives and agrees not to
    assert:

             (i) any right to require the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any
         Bank to proceed against any Company, any other guarantor or any
         other Person, or to pursue any other right, remedy, power or
         privilege of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank whatsoever;

             (ii) the defense of the statute of limitations in any action
         hereunder or for the collection or performance of the Guaranteed
         Obligations;

             (iii) any defense arising by reason of any lack of corporate
         or other authority or any other defense of any Company, the
         Guarantor or any other Person;

             (iv) any defense based upon the Agent's, the Issuing Bank's or
         any Bank's errors or omissions in the administration of the
         Guaranteed Obligations;

             (v) any rights to set-offs and counterclaims;

             (vi) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the
         fullest extent permitted by law, any defenses or benefits that may
         be derived from or afforded by applicable law limiting the
         liability of or exonerating guarantors or sureties, or which may
         conflict with the terms of this Section 11.19, including any and
         all benefits that otherwise might be available to the Guarantor
         under California Civil Code SECTIONS 1432, 2809, 2810, 2815,
         2819, 2839, 2845, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433 and California
         Code of Civil Procedure SECTIONS 580a, 580b, 580d and 726;
         and

             (vii) any and all notice of the acceptance of this guaranty,
         and any and all notice of the creation, renewal, modification,
         extension or accrual of the Guaranteed Obligations, or the
         reliance by the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks upon this
         guaranty, or the exercise of any right, power or privilege
         hereunder. The Guaranteed Obligations shall conclusively be deemed
         to have been created, contracted, incurred and permitted to exist
         in reliance upon this guaranty. Each Guarantor waives promptness,
         diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment, notice of
         default, dishonor or nonpayment and all other notices to or upon
         any Company, each Guarantor or any other Person with respect to
         the Guaranteed Obligations.

         (g) Financial Condition of Borrower. No Guarantor shall have any
    right to require the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Banks to obtain or
    disclose any information with respect to: the financial condition or
    character of any Company or the ability of any Company to pay and
    perform the Guaranteed Obligations; the Guaranteed Obligations; any
    collateral or other security for any or all of the Guaranteed
    Obligations; the existence or nonexistence of any other guarantees of
    all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations; any action or inaction
    on the part of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Banks or any other
    Person; or any other matter, fact or occurrence whatsoever. Each
    Guarantor hereby acknowledges that it has undertaken its own
    independent investigation of the financial condition of any Company and
    all other matters pertaining to this guaranty and further acknowledges
    that it is not relying in any manner upon any representation or
    statement of the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank with respect
    thereto.

         (h) Subrogation. Until the Guaranteed Obligations shall be
    satisfied in full and the Commitments shall be terminated, the
    Guarantor shall not have, and shall not directly or indirectly
    exercise, (i) any rights that it may acquire by way of subrogation
    under this Section 11.19, by any payment hereunder or otherwise, (ii)
    any rights of contribution, indemnification, reimbursement or similar
    suretyship claims arising out of this Section 11.19 or (iii) any other
    right which it might otherwise have or acquire (in any way whatsoever)
    which could entitle it at any time to share or participate in any
    right, remedy or security of the Banks, the Issuing Bank or the Agent
    as against any Company or other guarantors, whether in connection with
    this Section 11.19, any of the other Loan Documents or otherwise. If
    any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor on account of the foregoing
    rights at any time when all the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have
    been paid in full, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit
    of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks and shall forthwith be
    paid to the Agent to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed
    Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms
    of the Loan Documents.

         (i) Subordination. All payments on account of all indebtedness,
    liabilities and other obligations of any of the Companies to the
    Guarantor, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and whether due
    or to become due, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated,
    determined or undetermined (the "Subordinated Debt") shall be subject,
    subordinate and junior in right of payment and exercise of remedies, to
    the extent and in the manner set forth herein, to the prior payment in
    full in cash or cash equivalents of the Guaranteed Obligations. As long
    as any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall remain outstanding and
    unpaid, the Guarantor shall not accept or receive any payment or
    distribution by or on behalf of any Company, directly or indirectly, or
    assets of any Company, of any kind or character, whether in cash,
    property or securities, including on account of the purchase,
    redemption or other acquisition of Subordinated Debt, as a result of
    any collection, sale or other disposition of collateral, or by setoff,
    exchange or in any other manner, for or on account of the Subordinated
    Debt ("Subordinated Debt Payments"), except that prior to the
    occurrence of any Default, the Guarantor shall be entitled to accept
    and receive regularly scheduled payments on the Subordinated Debt, in
    accordance with past business practices of the Guarantor and the
    Companies and not in contravention of the terms of the Loan Documents.

    In the event that any Subordinated Debt Payments shall be received in
    contravention of this Section, such Subordinated Debt Payments shall be
    held in trust for the benefit of the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the
    Banks and shall be paid over or delivered to the Agent for application
    to the payment in full in cash or cash equivalents of all Guaranteed
    Obligations remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to give effect to
    this Section after giving effect to any concurrent payments or
    distributions to the Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Banks in respect
    of the Guaranteed Obligations.

         (j) Continuing Guaranty. This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty
    and agreement of subordination and shall continue in effect and be
    binding upon each Guarantor until termination of the Commitments and
    payment and performance in full of the Guaranteed Obligations,
    including Guaranteed Obligations which may exist continuously or which
    may arise from time to time under successive transactions, and each
    Guarantor expressly acknowledges that this Guaranty shall remain in
    full force and effect notwithstanding that there may be periods in
    which no Guaranteed Obligations exist. This Guaranty shall continue in
    effect and be binding upon each Guarantor until actual receipt by the
    Agent of written notice from such Guarantor of its intention to
    discontinue this Guaranty as to future transactions (which notice shall
    not be effective until noon on the day five Business Days following
    such receipt); provided that no revocation or termination of this
    Guaranty shall affect in any way any rights of the Agent, the Issuing
    Bank and the Banks hereunder with respect to any Guaranteed Obligations
    arising or outstanding on the date of receipt of such notice, including
    any subsequent continuation, extension, or renewal thereof, or change
    in the terms or conditions thereof, or any Guaranteed Obligations made
    or created after such date to the extent made or created pursuant to a
    legally binding commitment of any of the Issuing Bank or the Banks in
    existence as of the date of such revocation (collectively, "Existing
    Guaranteed Obligations"), and the sole effect of such notice shall be
    to exclude from this Guaranty Guaranteed Obligations thereafter arising
    which are unconnected to any Existing Guaranteed Obligations.

         (k) Reinstatement. This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or
    shall be reinstated and revived, as the case may be, if, for any
    reason, any payment of the Guaranteed Obligations by or on behalf of
    any Company (or receipt of any proceeds of collateral) shall be
    rescinded, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set
    aside, voided or otherwise required to be repaid to any Company, its
    estate, trustee, receiver or any other Person (including under the
    Bankruptcy Code or other state or federal law), or must otherwise be
    restored by the Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Bank, whether as a
    result of Insolvency Proceedings or otherwise. All losses, damages,
    costs and expenses that the Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Banks may
    suffer or incur as a result of any voided or otherwise set aside
    payments shall be specifically covered by the indemnity in favor of the
    Banks, the Issuing Bank and the Agent contained in Section 11.05.

         (l) Substantial Benefits. The funds that have been borrowed from
    the Banks by the Companies, and the Issuance of any Letter of Credit by
    the Issuing Bank, have been and are to be contemporaneously used for
    the benefit of the Companies and the Guarantor. It is the position,
    intent and expectation of the parties that the Companies and the
    Guarantor have derived and will derive significant and substantial
    benefits from the accommodations that have been made by the Banks and
    the Issuing Bank under the Loan Documents. The Guarantor has received
    at least "reasonably equivalent value" (as such phrase is used in
    Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code, in Section 3439.04 of the California
    Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act and in comparable provisions of other
    applicable law) and more than sufficient consideration to support its
    obligations hereunder in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations and
    under any of the Loan Documents to which it is a party. Immediately
    prior to and after and giving effect to the incurrence of the
    Guarantor's obligations under this Guaranty the Guarantor will be
    solvent.

         (m) Knowing and Explicit Waivers. EACH GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT
    IT EITHER HAS OBTAINED THE ADVICE OF LEGAL COUNSEL OR HAS HAD THE
    OPPORTUNITY TO OBTAIN SUCH ADVICE IN CONNECTION WITH THE TERMS AND
    PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 11.19. EACH GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES AND
    AGREES THAT EACH OF THE WAIVERS AND CONSENTS SET FORTH HEREIN, ARE MADE
    WITH FULL KNOWLEDGE OF THEIR SIGNIFICANCE AND CONSEQUENCES, AND THAT
    ALL SUCH WAIVERS AND CONSENTS HEREIN ARE EXPLICIT AND KNOWING WHICH
    EACH GUARANTOR EXPECTS TO BE FULLY ENFORCEABLE.

    If, while any Subordinated Debt is outstanding, any Insolvency
    Proceeding is commenced by or against any Company or its property, the
    Agent, when so instructed by the Issuing Bank and the Majority Banks,
    is hereby irrevocably authorized and empowered (in the name of the
    Issuing Bank and the Banks or in the name of the Guarantor or
    otherwise), but shall have no obligation, to demand, sue for, collect
    and receive every payment or distribution in respect of the
    Subordinated Debt and give acquittance therefor and to file claims and
    proofs of claim and take such other action (including voting the
    Subordinated Debt) as it may deem necessary or advisable for the
    exercise or enforcement of any of the rights or interests of the Agent
    the Issuing Bank and the Banks; and each Guarantor shall promptly take
    such action as the Agent (on instruction from the Issuing Bank and the
    Majority Banks) may reasonably request (A) to collect the Subordinated
    Debt for the account of the Issuing Bank and the Banks and to file
    appropriate claims or proofs of claim in respect of the Subordinated
    Debt, (B) to execute and deliver to the Agent, such powers of attorney,
    assignments and other instruments as it may request to enable it to
    enforce any and all claims with respect to the Subordinated Debt, and
    (C) to collect and receive any and all Subordinated Debt Payments.

         11.20 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the other
    Loan Documents, embodies the entire agreement and understanding among
    the Companies, the Banks and the Agent, and supersedes all prior or
    contemporaneous agreements and understandings of such Persons, verbal
    or written, relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement
    to be duly executed and delivered in San Francisco, California by their
    proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above
    written.


    ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION     KORRY ELECTRONICS CO.             
                                                                             
    By  /s/ R. W. Stevenson                By  /s/ R. W. Stevenson           
      --------------------------------         ------------------------------
    Title  E.V. P. & C.F.O.                Title  V. P.                      
           ---------------------------            ---------------------------
                                                                             
                                                                             
    ARMTEC DEFENSE PRODUCTS CO.            MIDCON CABLES CO.
                                      
    By  /s/ R. W. Stevenson                                                  
      --------------------------------     By  /s/ R. W. Stevenson           
    Title  V. P.                               ------------------------------
           ---------------------------     Title  V. P.                      
                                                  ---------------------------
                                           
    EQUIPMENT SALES CO.                     TA MFG. CO.               

    By  /s/ R. W. Stevenson                 By  /s/ R. W. Stevenson          
        ------------------------------          -----------------------------
    Title  V. P.                            Title  V. P.                     
           ---------------------------             --------------------------
                                                                      
                                                                      
    ANGUS ELECTRONICS CO.                   TULON CO.                        

    By  /s/ R. W. Stevenson                 By  /s/ R. W. Stevenson          
        ------------------------------          -----------------------------
    Title  V. P.                            Title  V. P.                     
           ---------------------------             --------------------------
                                                                      
                                                                      
    EXCELLON AUTOMATION CO.                 W.A. WHITNEY CO.          

    By  /s/ R. W. Stevenson                 By  /s/ R. W. Stevenson          
        ------------------------------          -----------------------------
    Title  V. P.                            Title  V. P.                     
           ---------------------------             --------------------------
                                                                      
                                                                      
    FEDERAL PRODUCTS CO.                    MASON ELECTRIC CO.        

    By  /s/ R. W. Stevenson                 By  /s/ R. W. Stevenson          
        ------------------------------          -----------------------------
    Title  V. P.                            Title  V. P.                     
           ---------------------------             --------------------------
                                                                      
                                           
    HYTEK FINISHES CO.
    By  /s/ R. W. Stevenson                             
        ------------------------------ 
    Title  V. P.                                        
           ---------------------------


     BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as Agent

     By  /s/ Maria Vickroy-Peralta                      
         ------------------------------
     Title  Vice President                              
            ---------------------------

     BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as Issuing Bank 

     By  /s/ Maria Vickroy-Peralta                      
         ------------------------------
     Title  Vice President                              
            ---------------------------

     BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as a Bank

     By  /s/ Maria Vickroy-Peralta                      
         ------------------------------
     Title  Vice President                              
            ---------------------------

     THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI, LTD., SEATTLE BRANCH

     By  /s/ David Purcell                              
         ------------------------------
     Title  Vice President                              
            ---------------------------


      BANK OF AMERICA NW, N.A., DBA SEAFIRST BANK

      By  /s/ Paul R. Rollins
          -----------------------------
      Title  Senior Vice President                       
             --------------------------

      U.S. BANK OF WASHINGTON, N.A.

      By  /s/ Peter Bentley                              
          -----------------------------
      Title  Senior Vice President                       
             --------------------------

      WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

      By /s/ Donald H. Ralston                            
         ------------------------------ 
      Title  Vice President                              
             --------------------------




                                                              EXHIBIT 10.22

                      REAL PROPERTY LEASE AND SUBLEASE

        THIS REAL PROPERTY LEASE AND SUBLEASE (this "Lease"), dated for
reference purposes the 28th day of June, 1996, is by and between 810
DEXTER L.L.C., a Washington limited liability company (the "Landlord"),
and KORRY ELECTRONICS CO., a Delaware corporation (the "Tenant").

        Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

        1. PREMISES. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant leases
from Landlord, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in
this Lease, that certain real property and improvements thereon, commonly
known as 810 Dexter Avenue North, Seattle, Washington, along with the
Adjoining Parking Lot (defined hereafter), all as legally described on
Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the
"Real Property"). The leased premises (the "Premises") shall contain the
entire building (the "Building"), which is approximately 93,000 square
feet, and the Adjoining Parking Lot. Tenant may not use, occupy or
penetrate the roof of the Premises without Landlord's consent.

        2. PARKING. The Premises leased by Tenant hereunder shall include
without additional cost or charge the Adjoining Parking Lot (the
"Adjoining Parking Lot") adjacent to the Building subject to Landlord's
sublease of all but thirty two (32) unreserved parking spaces. At the
commencement of the Fourth Lease Year (defined hereinafter) Landlord
shall sublease only one-third of the Adjoining Parking Lot and at the
commencement of the Sixth Lease Year (defined hereinafter) Landlord shall
cease subleasing any of the Adjoining Parking Lot. Landlord hereby grants
to Tenant a first right of refusal on all parking spaces Landlord is
subleasing from Tenant which may become available and which are not
needed by other tenants from time to time, at a price of $50 per space
per month. Landlord recognizes that Tenant may need additional parking
and accordingly Landlord agrees to discuss in good faith with Tenant, at
Tenant's request, Landlord's construction of a parking garage for Tenant
on property in the present parking lot. So long as Landlord fulfills its
obligation to discuss construction of the parking garage in good faith,
it shall not be obligated to build same. In addition, Landlord reserves
the right to construct at its sole cost and expense and at no cost to
Tenant a parking garage structure on the Adjoining Parking Lot. Landlord
shall provide Tenant with at least four (4) months prior written notice
of commencement of construction. In either event, upon completion Tenant
shall have the same number of spaces in the garage that are provided
above at no additional cost, and during construction of the garage, to
the extent Tenant is not able to use the portion of the Adjoining Parking
Lot which Landlord is not then subleasing, Landlord shall provide Tenant
at Landlord's expense with substitute parking within two (2) blocks of
the Adjoining Parking Lot. During construction Landlord shall not
unreasonably disrupt Tenant's use of the remainder of the Premises.

        3. TERM.

        3.1 Initial Term. The initial term (the "Initial Term") of this
Lease shall be for a period, commencing on the Commencement Date (defined
hereinafter) and ending July 31, 2011, unless sooner terminated pursuant
to any provision hereof. For purposes of this Lease, the term "Lease
Year" shall be the one year period beginning on an anniversary of the
Commencement Date and continuing through the day before the next
anniversary of the Commencement Date (except the final Lease Year ending
July 31, 2011 may be less than twelve (12) months).

        3.2 Commencement Date. This Lease shall be effective when signed
by Landlord and Tenant. The Initial Term shall commence (the
"Commencement Date") on the earlier of Tenant's occupancy of the Premises
to conduct business or the issuance of a "Certificate of Occupancy" after
completion of Tenant's Work (defined in Section 9.2 hereafter), whichever
occurs first, but in no event later than December 1, 1996; provided,
however, that if Tenant has not been issued a "Certificate of Occupancy"
for the Premises by December 1, 1996, Tenant shall have the right to
terminate this Lease on notice to Landlord so long as Tenant completes
Tenant's Work (for which Landlord must reimburse Tenant up to $150,000
within ten (10) days of completion), and all Tenant's Work shall become
property of Landlord. Tenant shall use all reasonable efforts to complete
Tenant's Work by December 1, 1996.

        3.3 Extensions. If Tenant is not in default under this Lease
beyond the applicable cure period either at the time of option exercise
or at any time until commencement of an Extension Term, Tenant shall have
the right and option ("Option to Renew") of extending the term of this
Lease for two (2) additional successive terms (each an "Extension Term")
of five (5) years each, upon the terms and conditions provided herein. If
Tenant elects to exercise such option, it shall do so by giving notice in
writing to Landlord of such election at least one hundred eighty (180)
days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or as such Initial Term
may be extended.

        3.4 Tenant's Early Termination Rights. Tenant shall have the
right to terminate this Lease by providing Landlord two (2) years
irrevocable advance notice of its intent to terminate. If Tenant so
terminates this Lease, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the
unamortized portion of Tenant's costs (as specified by Tenant) to obtain
all permits and approvals for its work on the Premises, costs of
complying with energy codes and costs of installed heating and
air-conditioning systems ("Reimbursable Costs"). The Reimbursable Costs
shall be amortized on a straight line basis over fifteen (15) years, and
the amount owed by Landlord shall not exceed $300,000 for the top floor,
$100,000 for the middle floor, and $100,000 for the bottom floor. For
example, if Tenant terminates at the end of the Third Lease Year, Tenant
will be entitled to receive 12/15th's of the first $300,000 of its top
floor Reimbursable Costs.

        Tenant shall also have the right to terminate this Lease at any
time in the event soil or groundwater contamination is discovered on,
under or near the Premises and a local, state or federal agency requires
investigations, testing or cleanup that materially interfere with
Tenant's use of the Premises; provided, if such contamination is confined
to the Adjoining Parking Lot Landlord may defeat Tenant's termination by
notifying Tenant in writing within fifteen (15) days of receipt of
Tenant's notice that Landlord will eliminate the contaminated area from
the Premises and supply Tenant with replacement parking within two (2)
blocks of the Premises, for all spaces eliminated from the Premises.
Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment to this Lease to
evidence such elimination. If the Lease is terminated pursuant to this
paragraph Reimbursable Costs shall be capped at $150,000.

        4. MONTHLY AND ADDITIONAL RENT.

        4.1 Minimum Monthly Rent - Initial Term. Subject to reduction
pursuant to Section 10 and Section 43, but otherwise without offset or
deduction except as expressly set forth herein, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord, without notice or demand, on or before the first day of each
calendar month, at the address specified below Landlord's signature
hereon or at such other place as Landlord shall designate, minimum
monthly rent during the Initial Term for the Premises as follows:

        (a) For the first lease year, the ("First Lease Year") which
begins on the Commencement Date and continues through the day before the
first anniversary of the Commencement Date, minimum monthly rent shall be
$36,000 per month (prorated for partial months);

        (b) For the second lease year the ("Second Lease Year"), which
begins on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date and continues
through the day before the second anniversary of the Commencement Date,
minimum monthly rent shall be $38,000 per month;

        (c) For the third lease year (the "Third Lease Year"), which
begins on the second anniversary of the Commencement Date and continues
through the day before the third anniversary of the Commencement Date,
minimum monthly rent shall be $40,000 per month;

        (d) For the fourth lease year (the "Fourth Lease Year"), which
begins on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date and continues
through the day before the fourth anniversary of the Commencement Date,
and for each successive lease year thereafter continuing until the last
month of the Initial Term, minimum monthly rent shall be $40,000 per
month; provided that beginning with the first month of the Fourth Lease
Year and continuing on the first day of every other succeeding Lease
Year, the minimum monthly rent shall be increased by a percentage equal
to the percentage increase in the Index (defined below) during the prior
two-year period, up to a maximum percentage increase of two and one-half
percent (2-1/2%) in any one year, for a maximum of five percent (5%)
increase for each two-year period.

        (e) As used herein, the term "Index" shall mean the Consumer
Price Index for all Urban Consumers - All Items, West Cities A Average,
as published by the U.S. Department of Labor's Bureau of Labor
Statistics.

        (f) In addition to the rental adjustments described above, and
not in lieu thereof, a rent adjustment shall be made on August 1, 2001,
which shall be an amount equal to one-half of the sum of Monthly Excess
Amounts (defined below) computed at the end of each of the following two-
year periods: 8/1/97 through 7/31/99, and 8/1/99 through 7/31/01.

        (g) As used herein, the term "Monthly Excess Amount" means the
difference between (a) the monthly increase that would have been made for
the upcoming two-year period if the two and one-half percent annual limit
were not in effect, and (b) the monthly rent increase actually payable
(i.e., with the two and one-half percent annual limit in effect).

        (h) In addition to the rental adjustments described above, and
not in lieu thereof, a rent adjustment shall be made on August 1, 2005,
which shall be an amount equal to one-half of the sum of the Monthly
Excess Amounts computed at the end of each of these two-year periods:
8/1/01 through 7/31/03 and 8/1/03 through 7/31/05.

        (i) If the Index is discontinued, the parties shall substitute a
comparable index of consumer prices.

        4.2 Minimum Monthly Rent - Extension Terms.

        (a) Subject to reduction pursuant to Section 10 and Section 43,
but otherwise without offset or deduction except as specifically set
forth herein, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, without notice or demand, on
or before the first day of each calendar month, at the address specified
below Landlord's signature hereon or at such other place as Landlord
shall designate, minimum monthly rent for: (i) the first Lease Year of
each Extension Term shall be determined pursuant to Section (b) below,
and (ii) the final four (4) Lease Years of each Extension Term shall be
an amount equal to the minimum monthly rent applicable during the first
year of such Extension Term, increased by a percentage increase equal to
the percentage increase in the Index over the prior two (2) Lease Years;
provided the increase shall not be less than two and one-half percent
(2-1/2%) or more than five percent (5%) for any two (2) year period. In
no event will minimum monthly rent decrease.

        (b) Following Tenant's exercise of an Option to Renew, and at
least one hundred fifty (150) days prior to the commencement of each
Extension Term, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt in good faith to agree
on minimum monthly rent for the first Lease Year of the Extension Term.
If Landlord and Tenant fail to agree, rent for said Lease Year shall be
equal to the prevailing market rent as determined by appraisal (the
"Prevailing Market Rent"). Landlord and Tenant shall each designate an
appraiser to determine the Prevailing Market Rent. If the two (2)
appraisers so selected are unable to agree upon the Prevailing Market
Rent within twenty (20) days of their appointment, they shall jointly
designate a third appraiser. If the three (3) appraisers do not agree,
the closest two (2) shall be averaged, to determine rent. The appraisers
shall complete their determination of the Prevailing Market Rent on or
before Ninety (90) days prior to the commencement of such Extension Term.
All appraisers designated for the foregoing purpose shall be duly
licensed and members of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers
or any comparable successor certifying organization if such institute is
not then in existence. The determination of rent hereunder shall be
conclusive and binding on Landlord and Tenant.

        (c) The Prevailing Market Rent shall be determined by taking into
account the size and location of the Premises, its usage and which party
paid for the various improvements.

        5. USE. The Premises may be used by Tenant for any purpose in
accordance with law. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done in or about
Premises anything which is illegal or unlawful, or which would constitute
a nuisance.

        6. UTILITIES. Tenant hereby covenants and agrees to pay all
charges (including, without limitation, all taxes by governmental units
billed with or on utilities) for water, sewer, garbage removal, heat,
light, and for all other utilities which shall be used in or charged
against the Premises during the Initial Term of this Lease and as it may
be extended. In the event any such utilities are not separately metered
for the Premises, Tenant shall pay its share ("Tenant's Share") of such
utilities, as reasonably determined by Landlord based on increases over
usage in the Building immediately prior to the Commencement Date and
reflecting the usage by all Building occupants. Tenant's Share shall be
rebuttably presumed to be a reasonable determination, unless Tenant
within thirty (30) days of such notice provides Landlord with a
professional opinion of a qualified consultant which concludes that a
different allocation is more accurate. Landlord shall not be liable in
any manner whatsoever should the furnishing of any of these services be
delayed, interrupted or prevented unless caused by the negligence or
wilful misconduct of Landlord. If, at the commencement of the Initial
Term, any extension thereof, or any time thereafter, Landlord or Tenant
shall elect to separately meter any utilities to the Premises, Tenant
shall timely and directly pay all such separately metered utilities
relating to Tenant's use of the Premises. Utilities payments required by
Tenant shall be additional rent. Landlord may pay Tenant's Share of said
utilities if and to the extent Tenant does not pay after receipt of
notice of default and expiration of the applicable cure period.

        7. REPAIR AND CARE OF PREMISES. The Premises have been inspected
and are accepted by Tenant in their present condition, AS IS, and Tenant
will at all times keep the Premises neat, clean and in a sanitary
condition. Tenant will at all times preserve the Premises in as good
repair as they now are or may hereafter be put to, ordinary wear and tear
excepted. Tenant will commit no waste, damage or injury to the Premises,
Building or Real Property. All repairs and maintenance shall be at
Tenant's sole cost and expense, except that (i) at all times Landlord
shall be responsible for structural repairs to the Building, and for
repair of damage caused by sink holes in the Adjoining Parking Lot and
(ii) from the Commencement Date through the end of the Third Lease Year,
Landlord shall be responsible for maintenance, repair and replacement of
the asphaltic portions of the roof of the Building.

        Should either party fail to make any repairs required of it
hereunder within a reasonable time (which, except in the event of an
emergency, shall mean within thirty (30) days after prior written notice
from the non-repairing party or longer if necessary if the repair is
commenced within such thirty (30) day period and diligently prosecuted to
completion), or fail to make any payments of any kind required of it by
any provisions of this Lease, the other party may, at its option, make
the same, and the amount or cost thereof shall immediately become due and
payable by the other. Regardless of the allocation of responsibility of
care of the Premises, Landlord and Tenant shall be responsible for damage
caused by themselves, their agents, tenants, employees or contractors.

        8. Intentionally deleted.

        9. IMPROVEMENTS.

        9.1 Landlord's Work. Landlord shall provide for the benefit of
the Premises, at its sole cost and expense, each of the following
("Landlord's Work"):

        (a) Proper removal from the Premises of all asbestos and other
hazardous materials from the Premises as of the Commencement Date;
provided Tenant is responsible for all lead based paint, for all asbestos
removed by Tenant without prior notice to Landlord, and for any removal
or other remediation of hazardous materials which are discovered as a
result of Tenant's penetration of the Real Property.

        (b) Resurface the floor of the top floor at a cost not to exceed
$100,000, as necessary to receive Tenant's floor covering per Tenant's
specifications.

        (c) Remove (and not permit replacements of) any sign on the
exterior of the Premises except for those floor(s) subleased by Landlord.
Where signs may be retained, Landlord may retain only existing signs or
their comparable replacements.

        9.2 Tenant's Work. Tenant shall construct those initial Tenant
improvements specified on Exhibit B attached hereto ("Tenant's Work").
Tenant's Work shall include sealing or other repairs to the roof,
including the vents and skylights, to prevent leakage. Such roof work
shall be done prior to the end of the Third Lease Year in a manner
reasonably approved by Landlord and Tenant. Any and all unused portion of
the $100,000 floor allowance from Landlord specified in Section 9.1(b)
above shall be applied to Tenant's roof repair work set forth above, to
the extent of the cost of such work.

        After completion of Tenant's Work and upon notice by Tenant to
Landlord, Tenant shall have the right during the term of this Lease to
make such interior alterations, changes and improvements to the Premises,
as Tenant desires. Any alterations, changes or improvements which
adversely affect the structural members of the Building or involve
penetration of the surface of the Real Property or modify the exterior of
the Building, or impair any street access to the Real Property, require
Landlord's advance written approval, which may be granted or withheld in
Landlord's sole discretion.

        With respect to Tenant's Work and any other alterations, changes
or improvements to the Premises by Tenant, Tenant shall comply with the
following:

        (a) Compliance with Laws. All work shall be performed in
conformity with all permits, rules, orders, regulations, ordinances, laws
and other requirements of all governmental authorities having
jurisdiction over such work.

        (b) Disputes. Tenant shall have sole responsibility to resolve
any and all disputes relating to any construction it undertakes under
this Lease, and shall pay all fees, costs, expenses, judgments, awards
and liabilities incurred in connection therewith.

        (c) No Liens. At no time during or after the completion of any
such work shall Tenant or any contractor of Tenant create or suffer there
to be any lien or encumbrance upon the Premises including, without limit
construction liens or other claims for lien made by parties claiming to
have provided labor or material (collectively, "Construction Liens").
Notwithstanding the foregoing prohibition against Construction Liens,
Tenant may in good faith and with due diligence contest the validity or
amount of any Construction Lien and defer payment and discharge thereof
during the pendency of such contest provided that: (i) such contest shall
have the effect of preventing the sale or forfeiture of the Real
Property, Building or any part thereof; (ii) within ten (10) days after
Tenant has been notified of the filing of such Construction Lien, Tenant
shall have notified Landlord in writing of Tenant's intention to contest
such Construction Lien, and (iii) Tenant shall have deposited or caused
to be deposited with Landlord a sum of money which shall be sufficient to
pay in full such Construction Lien and all interest which might become
due thereon, and shall keep on deposit an amount so sufficient at all
times, increasing such amount to cover additions to the amount of such
Construction Lien or additional interest. Such deposits are to be held
without any allowance of interest. Landlord may apply such deposit as
necessary to discharge the Construction Lien in dispute following the
entry of a judgment and shall return any unused funds to Tenant.

        (d) Damage to Building or Property. Tenant agrees that at no time
will Tenant (i) destroy, damage or impair the Building or any portion
thereof including, without limitation, any systems or structural
components thereof, (ii) impair the access to or from the Building or the
Real Property except as reasonably necessary in connection with work
consented to or approved by Landlord, or (iii) eliminate any access to a
public street.

        (e) Disruption of Other Tenants. Tenant will take all reasonable
measures to minimize all sounds, vibrations, debris, activities,
impairment of access to or egress from, interruption or disruption of
utility services or mechanical or other Building services, and other
conditions that disrupt or impair the use and enjoyment of the Building
or the Real Property by any other tenant. Tenant shall give such tenants
reasonable notice of when disruptions or interruptions to access,
utilities or building services shall occur and will take reasonable steps
to minimize their duration and their impact on other tenants. To the
extent practicable, Tenant shall schedule any disruptions or
interruptions to access, utilities or Building services to occur on
weekends or during evening hours.

        (f) Ownership of Improvements. All alterations, additions and
improvements made or constructed by Tenant shall be and remain the
property of Tenant during the Term of this Lease and shall become the
property of Landlord as of the date of termination of this Lease or upon
earlier vacating of the Premises and shall be delivered up to the
Landlord with the Premises, normal wear and tear and damage by casualty
and condemnation excepted. All trade fixtures installed by Tenant may be
removed by Tenant upon the termination of this Lease if Tenant so elects,
and shall be removed by the date of termination of this Lease or upon
earlier vacating of the Premises if required by Landlord. Upon any such
removal Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such
removal.

        In all projects other than Tenant's Work for which Tenant's
construction costs are budgeted to exceed $750,000, Tenant shall in
addition comply with the following terms and conditions:

        (a) Compliance with Plans and Specifications. All work shall be
performed in accordance with all plans and specifications reasonably
approved by Landlord and Tenant.

        (b) Approval of Contractors. All general contractors or other
contractors directly engaged by Tenant shall be subject to Landlord's
advance reasonable approval. All contracts entered into directly by
Tenant shall name Landlord as a third-party beneficiary. Copies of all
such agreements shall be delivered to Landlord promptly upon execution
thereof. All construction and consultants' reports delivered to Tenant
relating to any construction matters shall also be delivered and
addressed to Landlord.

        (c) Bonding. Landlord may condition its approval of any work
exceeding a cost of $750,000 upon a requirement that the contractor
provide payment and performance bonds in adequate amounts to assure the
full completion of the work undertaken.

        (d) Security for Tenant's Performance. Tenant shall grant to
Landlord a security interest in all of the construction plans,
specifications, purchase orders, agreements, work orders, permits and
other rights and interests necessary to enable Landlord to complete any
such work in the event Tenant defaults in any of its construction
obligations. Landlord's lien shall be junior to the liens of Tenant's
construction lender(s), if any. Tenant shall not otherwise pledge,
encumber or transfer any such assets or rights.

        (e) Insurance. In addition to the other insurance to be purchased
hereunder, Tenant shall purchase, at its expense, appropriate casualty
and liability insurance to fully protect to commercially reasonable
standards Tenant's and Landlord's respective interests. Tenant agrees
that all general or other contractors it hires will carry general
liability and builder's risk insurance on commercially reasonable terms.

        10. SEISMIC UPGRADES.

        10.1 If seismic upgrades are required by the City of Seattle or
any other governmental entity as a result of a change in laws that
affects all improvements and not as the sole result of Tenant's Work,
Tenant shall perform such work and shall share in the cost of seismic
upgrades in an amount equal to 50% of the portion of the Premises leased
by Tenant (but not subleased to Landlord), e.g. 1/3 space occupied X 50%
= 17%.

        10.2 Except as described in Section 10.1, if any work by Tenant
on the Premises results in a requirement by the City of Seattle that
certain seismic upgrades be made to the Building, then the parties agree
that:

        (a) Tenant shall pay all amounts up to $400,000 of the required
seismic upgrades;

        (b) Landlord shall be responsible for all amounts in excess of
$400,000 up to $600,000;

        (c) Tenant will finance Landlord's portion of the seismic
upgrades referred to in Subsection 10.2(b), which shall be payable by
Landlord to Tenant through a fifty percent (50%) rent reduction, plus
interest at a rate of eight percent (8%) per year, commencing as funds
are expended.

        (d) Tenant and Landlord will share the additional cost of seismic
upgrades which exceed $600,000, on a 50/50 basis, with Tenant's portion
determined by multiplying fifty percent (50) times the percentage of
space leased (but not subleased by Landlord) (e.g. 50% x 2/3 Building =
34%).

        11. INSURANCE AND TAXES.

        11.1 Liability Insurance. Tenant shall, at all times during the
term hereof and at Tenant's cost and expense, maintain in effect primary
commercial general public liability insurance, naming Landlord as an
additional insured in an amount of not less than $2,000,000 per person
per occurrence and not less than $l,000,000 for damage to property in
connection with the use, operation or condition of the Premises. In no
event shall the limits of said policies be considered as limiting the
liability of Tenant under this Lease, nor shall Tenant's duty to carry
insurance create any legal responsibility of Tenant for any insured
casualty. The insurance shall be issued prior to commencement of Tenant's
Work by an insurance company or companies currently used by Tenant, in a
commercially reasonable form, and a copy of each policy or certificate of
insurance shall be delivered to Landlord before the commencement of
Tenant's Work and before the expiration of each policy. If Tenant does
not timely pay the premium for the insurance required hereunder Tenant
shall so notify Landlord and Landlord may immediately upon notice to
Tenant, pay such premium or provide a replacement policy.

        11.2 Casualty Insurance. Tenant shall obtain and keep in full
force and effect such policy or policies of fire and all-risk extended
coverage insurance (including earthquake coverage at Tenant's option),
and including coverage for vandalism and malicious mischief, on the
Building and Premises, including any improvements thereon, insuring the
Building for its full replacement cost. Such policies shall be primary,
and the proceeds of any such insurance shall first be used to rebuild or
repair the Premises if and as required hereunder. Landlord shall be named
as an additional insured. Any such proceeds not required for such
rebuilding or repairing shall be paid to and belong to Landlord. Tenant
may also at its option obtain boiler insurance, rental loss insurance,
and plate glass insurance, and such other coverages (including for the
fire and all-risk extended coverage policies) as shall be commercially
reasonable from time to time. If Tenant does not timely pay the premium
for the insurance required hereunder Tenant shall so notify Landlord and
Landlord may immediately upon notice to Tenant, pay such premium or
provide a replacement policy.

        11.3 Taxes And Assessments. In addition to the rent to be paid by
Tenant as above provided, during the term of this Lease, Tenant shall
timely pay directly to the taxing authority all real estate taxes and
assessments levied on the Real Property. Landlord shall supply Tenant
with the real estate tax statements at least two (2) months before taxes
are due. Tenant shall have the right to, at its expense, appeal the real
estate tax assessment for the Real Property. Such taxes and obligations
shall be apportioned during the Initial Term and any extension thereof if
applicable, so that Tenant shall pay only that proportion thereof as
shall accrue during said term. Landlord shall elect to pay assessments
over the maximum period possible.

        11.4 Alternative Method Of Taxation. If at any time during the
Term, the present method of taxation shall be changed so that in lieu of
the whole or any part of any taxes, assessments, fees or charges levied,
assessed or imposed on the Premises, there shall be levied, assessed or
imposed on Landlord a capital levy or other tax directly on the rents
received therefrom and/or a franchise tax, assessment, levy charge
measured by or based, in whole or in part upon such rents, then all such
taxes, assessments, fees or charges (except income taxes), or the part
thereof so measured or based, shall be deemed to be included within the
term "rent" for the purposes hereof.

        Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied against personal
property placed by Tenant in the Premises. If any such taxes are levied
against Landlord or Landlord's property and if Landlord elects to pay the
same or if the assessed value of Landlord's property is increased by
inclusion of personal property placed by Tenant in the Premises and
Landlord elects to pay the taxes based on such increase, Tenant shall pay
as additional rent to Landlord upon demand that part of such taxes for
which Tenant is liable hereunder.

        12. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

        12.1 Repair and Restoration. All casualty insurance payments for
damage to the Building shall be used for the sole purpose of repairing,
rebuilding and/or restoring the Building. From the date hereof and
throughout the Initial Term, as it may be extended, if the Building is
damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty Tenant shall promptly
rebuild and restore the Building to the extent of insurance proceeds and
any deductible to its condition existing immediately prior to such fire
or other casualty, provided that if Tenant reasonably estimates that it
will take more than one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of damage
to restore the Premises, or if the Building is damaged by an uninsured
casualty Tenant, may elect to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days
written notice to Landlord, given within thirty (30) days after such
damage. Any such proceeds not required for such rebuilding or repairing
shall be paid to and belong to Landlord. If the Lease is not so
terminated, the Building shall be repaired in the manner and subject to
the conditions provided for above and elsewhere in this Lease. If the
conditions set forth above which enable Tenant to terminate this Lease
occur during the last Lease Year, Landlord shall also have the right to
terminate this Lease, unless Tenant, within twenty (20) days of receipt
of Landlord's notice of termination, exercises the next remaining Option
to Renew, if any.

        12.2 Rental Abatement. In the event of damage or destruction to
the Building which substantially affects Tenant's ability to operate its
business, minimum monthly rent (but no other charges under this Lease)
shall be abated in the same proportion that the area of the Premises used
by Tenant after such casualty bears to the total area of the Premises,
until the Building is repaired or restored, or the Lease expires or is
sooner terminated under the other terms of this Lease, but in no event
shall minimum monthly rent be abated for more than six (6) months.

        13. INDEMNITY.

        13.1 Indemnification by Tenant. Subject to the conditions and
provisions of this Paragraph 13.1 and commencing upon execution of this
Lease Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and
Landlord's assigns, affiliates, owners, beneficiaries, trustees,
employees, representatives, officers, directors and agents
("Indemnitees") from and against any and all demands, claims, complaints,
actions or causes of action, suits, proceedings, investigations,
arbitrations, assessments, liens, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and
expenses, including, but not limited to, interest, penalties and
reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, asserted against, imposed
upon or incurred by any Indemnitee, directly or indirectly, by reason of
or resulting from any liability, obligation or claim (whether absolute,
accrued, contingent or otherwise and whether a contractual, tax or any
other type of liability, obligation or claim) arising out of, relating to
or resulting from (a) any misrepresentation or breach of the
representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of Tenant contained
in or made pursuant to this Lease; (b) any failure to timely perform or
comply in all material respects with any material covenant, agreement or
undertaking of Tenant contained in or made pursuant to this Lease; (c)
any violation or alleged violation by Tenant or any assignee or sublessee
of Tenant of any permits, rules, orders, regulations, ordinances, laws
and other requirements of any governmental authorities; (d) Tenant,
Tenant's employees acting in the course of their employment, Tenant's
business or operations, any assignee or sublessee of Tenant, their
employees acting in the course of their employment or their business or
operations; (e) any accident, injury or damage, howsoever and by
whomsoever caused, to any person or property, occurring on the Premises
unless caused by Landlord, its agents or other tenants of Landlord
pursuant to the Sublease; (f) any injury to persons, damage to property
or other liability caused by or resulting from Tenant's construction,
improvement or maintenance in any part of the Building or Real Property;
and (g) any damage to property or injury to the employees, business
invitees or guests of Tenant or any assignee or sublessee of Tenant
occurring in or about any other portion of the Project except if caused
by Landlord or its agents.

        13.2 Indemnification by Landlord. Subject to the conditions and
provisions of this Paragraph 13.2, and commencing upon execution of this
Lease, Landlord agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant and
Tenant's assigns, affiliates, owners, beneficiaries, trustees, employees,
representatives, officers, directors and agents ("Indemnitees") from and
against any and all demands, claims, complaints, actions or causes of
action, suits, proceedings, investigations, arbitrations, assessments,
liens, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, but
not limited to, interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys' fees and
disbursements, asserted against, imposed upon or incurred by any
Indemnitee, directly or indirectly, by reason of or resulting from any
liability, obligation or claim (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or
otherwise and whether a contractual, tax or any other type of liability,
obligation or claim) arising out of, relating to or resulting from (a)
any misrepresentation or breach of the representations, warranties,
covenants or agreements of Landlord contained in or made pursuant to this
Lease (which includes the sublease); (b) any failure to timely perform or
comply in all material respects with any material covenant, agreement or
undertaking of Landlord contained in or made pursuant to this Lease; (c)
any violation or alleged violation by Landlord or any assignee or
sublessee of Landlord of any permits, rules, orders, regulations,
ordinances, laws and other requirements of any governmental authorities;
(d) Landlord, Landlord's employees acting in the course of their
employment, Landlord's business or operations, any assignee or sublessee
of Landlord, their employees acting in the course of their employment or
their business or operations; (e) any accident, injury or damage,
howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any person or property, occurring
on the Premises caused by Landlord, its agents, contractors or employees;
(f) any injury to persons, damage to property or other liability caused
by or resulting from Landlord's construction, improvement or maintenance
in any part of the Building or Real Property; and (g) any damage to
property or injury to the employees, business invitees or guests of
Landlord or any assignee or sublessee of Landlord occurring in or about
any other portion of the Project except if caused by Tenant or its
agents.

        14. INSOLVENCY. In the event Tenant becomes insolvent,
voluntarily or involuntarily bankrupt, or if a receiver, assignee or
other liquidating officer is appointed for the business of Tenant, then
Landlord may cancel this Lease at Landlord's option, effective thirty
(30) days after giving Tenant and Guarantor notice of cancellation and
opportunity to cure.

        15. DEFAULT AND RE-ENTRY. Tenant shall be in default if it fails
to pay any installment of rent when due after Landlord gives Tenant and
Guarantor ten (10) days prior written notice of such failure to pay and
opportunity to cure within such ten (10) days.

        Tenant shall also be in default if it fails to perform any other
obligation under this Lease after Landlord gives Tenant and Guarantor
thirty (30) days prior written notice and opportunity to cure; provided
if Tenant commences to cure within the thirty (30) day period, but is
unable to complete the cure within the thirty (30) day period, and if
Tenant continues to proceed diligently to effect the cure, the thirty
(30) day period shall be extended for such time as is necessary to
reasonably allow Tenant to complete its cure of the default.

        16. LANDLORD'S REMEDIES.

        16.1 Remedies - General. If Tenant is in default, then Landlord
shall have all rights available to it under Washington law including,
without limit, the following rights and remedies, which are not
exclusive: (i) to declare the Term hereof ended and to reenter the
Premises and take possession thereof and remove all persons therefrom,
and Tenant shall have no further claim thereon or hereunder; (ii) to cure
such default on Tenant's behalf and at Tenant's sole expenses and charge
Tenant for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in effecting such
cure as additional rent with interest on such amounts at the rate
specified in this Lease until paid; (iii) without declaring this Lease
terminated, to reenter the Premises and occupy the whole or any part
thereof for and on account of Tenant and to collect any unpaid Rent which
has become payable, or which may thereafter become payable; or (iv) even
though it may have reentered the Premises, at any time thereafter elect
to terminate this Lease and all of the rights of Tenant in or to the
Premises.

        16.2 Reentry. If Landlord reenters the Premises, Landlord shall
not be deemed to have terminated this Lease or the liability of Tenant to
pay any Rent thereafter accruing as it becomes due, or to have terminated
Tenant's liability for damages under any of the provisions hereof, by any
such reentry or by any action, in unlawful detainer or otherwise, to
obtain possession of the Premises, unless Landlord shall have notified
Tenant in writing that it has so elected to terminate this Lease, and
Tenant shall be liable for and reimburse Landlord upon demand for all
costs and expenses of every kind and nature incurred in retaking
possession of the Premises and all other losses suffered by Landlord as a
consequence of Tenant's default. In the event of any entry or taking
possession of the Premises, Landlord shall have the right, but not the
obligation, to remove therefrom all or any part of the personal property
located therein and may place the same in storage at a public warehouse
at the expense and risk of Tenant.

        16.3 Termination. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease
Landlord may recover from Tenant as damages, the following: (i) the worth
at the time of award of any unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time
of such termination; plus (ii) the worth at the time of award of the
amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after
termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of the Rent loss
that could have been reasonably avoided; plus (iii) the worth at the time
of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the
Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of the Rent loss that
could be reasonably avoided; plus (iv) any other amount necessary to
compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant's
failure to perform its obligations under this Lease including, but not
limited to, any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord in retaking
possession of the Premises, including reasonable attorneys' fees
therefor; maintaining or preserving the Premises after such default;
preparing the Premises for reletting to a new tenant, including repairs
or alterations to the Premises for such reletting; leasing commissions;
and any other costs necessary or appropriate to relet the Premises; and
(v) such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may
be permitted from time to time by the laws of the State of Washington. As
used in this Paragraph 16.3, the "worth at the time of award" shall be
computed by allowing interest at the greater of nine percent (9%) per
annum or two percentage points (2%) above the prime rate as publicly
announced by Seattle First National Bank, N.A., or its lawful successor.
For purposes of this Paragraph only, the term "rent" shall be deemed to
be the rent and all additional rent and other sums required to be paid by
Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

        17. COSTS AND ATTORNEYS' FEES. If by reason of any default on the
part of Landlord, Tenant or Guarantor it becomes necessary for another
party hereto to employ an attorney, or in case Landlord, Tenant or
Guarantor shall bring suit to recover any amount due hereunder, or for
breach of any provision of this Lease (including the Guaranty), or to
recover possession of the leased Premises, or if Landlord, Tenant or
Guarantor shall bring any action for any relief against the other,
declaratory or otherwise, arising out of this Lease, then and in any of
such events, the prevailing party shall be entitled to a reasonable
attorneys' fee and all costs and expenses expended or incurred in
connection with such default or action, including any appellate action.

        18. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. On twenty (20) days prior notice
to Landlord, Tenant may assign its interest in this Lease or sublease all
or any portion of the Premises. Tenant and its guarantor, Esterline
Technologies Corporation, shall be released from liability under this
Lease if Tenant assigns its interest hereunder to an entity which assumes
this Lease and has a net worth of at least equal to guarantor's at the
time of assignment, otherwise no such assignment or subletting shall
relieve Tenant of any liability under this Lease, and Tenant and
guarantor shall remain primarily liable hereunder.

        19. OPTION TO PURCHASE. Landlord hereby grants Tenant the option
to purchase the Real Property and Building ("Purchase Option"). The
Purchase Option must be exercised prior to the expiration of the Third
Lease Year for the purchase price of $7,000,000 plus one percent (1%) per
month beginning with the Commencement Date (the "Purchase Price"). Tenant
shall provide Landlord with written notice of its exercise of the
Purchase Option prior to expiration of the Third Lease Year.

        In the event Tenant exercises its Purchase Option, such sale
shall close no later than six (6) months after option exercise and
Landlord shall, upon receipt of the Purchase Price together with full
payment of any unpaid Rent and other amounts due and payable by Tenant
with respect to any period ending on or before the date of the purchase,
deliver to Tenant a statutory warranty deed which conveys to Tenant the
Real Property and Building free and clear of all monetary liens and free
of all other encumbrances except those Tenant has agreed in writing to
accept; provided, Tenant's sole remedy in the event it does not accept
any nonmonetary encumbrance is to terminate its Purchase Option. Landlord
covenants and agrees that until the end of the Third Lease Year it will
not further encumber the Premises except with utility easements and/or
other items necessary for the use and operation of the Real Property;
provided, consensual monetary encumbrances which are removed by closing
are permitted. Upon such conveyance of the Real Property and Building,
this Lease shall terminate. Landlord shall pay the cost of standard title
insurance, attorneys' fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such
conveyance, real estate excise taxes and one-half of the escrow fee.
Tenant shall pay all recording fees and attorneys fees incurred by Tenant
in connection with the conveyance of the Real Property and Building, any
title insurance premium above standard coverage, any personal property
tax and one-half of the escrow fee. If such sale shall fails to be
consummated this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and any
options to extend or renew the Term of this Lease which otherwise would
have expired during the escrow period of such proposed sale shall be
deemed to remain in effect for thirty (30) days after termination of the
escrow or other arrangement covering the closing of such proposed sale.
If such sale fails to close due to a default by Tenant, Tenant shall
reimburse Landlord all Landlord's out-of-pocket costs directly related to
such sale as Landlord's sole remedy. Tenant agrees to cooperate with
Landlord if Landlord elects to complete the sale as a like kind exchange
under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code, and Landlord shall pay
Tenant for any additional cost incurred and indemnify and hold Tenant
harmless from and against any liability sustained as a result of such
cooperation. Landlord shall use a qualified intermediary and employ
direct deeding in any such exchange. Such purchase shall be on an "as-is"
basis, but without releasing or indemnifying Landlord from any liability,
and Landlord shall, as part of such sale, assign to Tenant all warranties
and indemnities received from its seller, the Seattle School District.

        20. SUCCESSORS. All of the covenants, agreements, terms and
conditions contained in this Lease shall apply to and be binding upon
Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns.

        21. SUBORDINATION. This Lease is subject to and is hereby
subordinated to all present mortgages, deeds of trust and other
encumbrances affecting the Premises. Tenant will execute such instruments
as may be required to subordinate the rights and interest of the Tenant
under this Lease to the lien of any mortgage or deeds of trust at any
time placed on the land of which the leased Premises are a part;
provided, however, that any subordination effected by this Section shall
not affect Tenant's rights under this Lease, including without limitation
Tenant's right to possession, use and occupancy of the Premises. Tenant
further agrees that any such subordination agreement will contain a
provision whereby Tenant will agree, in the event of foreclosure of any
such mortgage or deeds of trust to attorn to and recognize as its
landlord under the terms of this Lease said lender or any purchaser of
the leased property at a foreclosure sale or their heirs, successors or
assigns.

        22. NONDISTURBANCE AGREEMENT. Landlord covenants and agrees to
obtain from the holder of the sole existing loan secured by the Premises
a Nondisturbance Agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to Tenant no
later than twenty (20) days prior to the Commencement Date.

        23. SURRENDER OF POSSESSION. Upon expiration of the term of this
Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, Tenant shall promptly and
peacefully surrender Premises to Landlord in good condition and repair,
except for ordinary wear and tear, damage from condemnation or casualty
and such repairs as Tenant is not required to make hereunder. On or
before expiration of the term of this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to
remove its trade fixtures and equipment installed by it from Premises.
Any damage caused by such removal shall be repaired by Tenant at its
expense.

        24. HOLD OVER TENANCY. If (without execution of a new lease or
written extension) Tenant shall hold over after the expiration of the
term of this Lease (as it may have been extended pursuant to this Lease),
it shall be deemed to be occupying Premises as a Tenant from month to
month, which tenancy may be terminated by either party as provided by
law. During such tenancy, all terms and conditions of this Lease in
effect for the last month of the Term, as it may have been extended shall
apply, and the parties shall be bound by all of the terms, covenants and
conditions as herein specified; provided, if Tenant holds over without
Landlord's consent minimum monthly rent shall be 125% of that payable
prior to immediately prior to expiration.

        25. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Landlord and Tenant each releases and
relieves the other and waives its entire right of recovery against the
other for loss or damage arising out of or incident to the perils of
fire, explosion, or any other perils described in the "extended coverage"
insurance endorsement approved for use in Washington, which occurs in, on
or about the Premises, whether due to the negligence of either party,
their agents, employees, or otherwise, provided liability and fire
extended coverage insurance providing said waiver is reasonably available
without a significant increase in the premiums.

        26. NOTICES. All notices under this Lease shall be in writing and
delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested, to Landlord at the address to which rent payments are
designated to be sent and to Tenant at the Premises, effective as of
personal delivery, if delivered, or two (2) business days after mailing,
if mailed. Either party may change the address for notice by giving
written notice thereof to the other party. Any notice to Landlord
hereunder shall also be given to Landlord's lender, which shall be given
a reasonable time to cure any default by Landlord. Landlord shall give
Tenant written notice of the name and address of its lender and, from
time to time, of the change in its lender.

        27. CONDEMNATION. If all of the Premises or such portions thereof
as may be required for Tenant's reasonable use of the Premises as
determined by Tenant, are taken by eminent domain, this Lease shall
automatically terminate as of the date Tenant is required to vacate the
Premises and all rentals shall be paid to that date. In case of a taking
of a part of the Premises, or another portion of the Building or Real
Property not required for Tenant's reasonable use of the Premises, then
this Lease shall nonetheless continue in full force and effect and the
rental shall be equitably reduced based on the proportion by which the
floor area of the Premises is reduced (or Tenant's use of the Premises is
affected, if such taking pertains to the Building or the land upon which
it is located), such rent reduction to be effective as of the date
possession of such portion is delivered to the condemning authority, and
there shall be a corresponding reduction in sublease rent due from
Landlord. Landlord reserves all rights to damage to the Premises for any
taking by eminent domain, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any right
Tenant may have to such damages or award, and Tenant shall make no claim
against Landlord for damages for termination of the leasehold interest or
interference with Tenant's business. Tenant shall, however, have the
right to claim against the condemning authority for any losses
compensable under relevant law; provided that the same does not reduce
the amount received by Landlord or Landlord's lender.

        28. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE. Tenant or Landlord shall, from time to
time, within ten (10) business days after receiving a written request
from the other party, execute and deliver a written statement. This
written statement, which may be relied upon by Landlord and any third
party with whom Tenant or Landlord is dealing, shall certify:

        28.1 The accuracy of the Lease document(s);

        28.2 The beginning and ending dates of the Lease;

        28.3 Whether or not the Lease is in full force and effect and the
date through which rent is paid;

        28.4 Whether there is any known default or if Landlord or Tenant
has any claims or demands; and, if so, specifying the default claim or
demand; and

        28.5 To the accuracy of other correct and ascertainable facts
that are covered by the Lease terms.

        29. AUTHORITY. If either party is a corporation, partnership or
limited liability company, each individual executing this Lease on behalf
of said entity represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized to
execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said entity and that this
Lease is binding upon said entity in accordance with its terms.

        30. MISCELLANEOUS.

        30.1 Time is of the essence of this Lease.

        30.2 This Lease contains all of the agreements between the
parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and may be amended
only in a writing signed by all the parties hereto.

        30.3 The titles to Sections in this Lease are not a part of this
lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of
any part thereof. Tenant will be referred to by the pronouns "it" and
"its" irrespective of number, gender or the fact of incorporation. This
Lease shall be construed and governed by the law of the State of
Washington. This Lease shall be interpreted without regard to which party
drafted any or all of its provisions.

        30.4 In the event of any dispute between the parties in
connection with this Agreement, the parties hereby consent to the
jurisdiction of the Superior Court for the State of Washington with venue
in King County and confirm that said jurisdiction is exclusive.

        30.5 Whenever provision is made in this Lease for any written
notice or demand by Landlord or Tenant to be given to the other party, it
shall be hand delivered, faxed (with receipt confirmed), or mailed
postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to Landlord or Tenant at the
following addresses or such other address as the parties shall inform
each other in writing:

               FOR TENANT:             Korry Electronics Co.
                                       Attn:  Bill Mason
                                       901 Dexter Avenue North
                                       Seattle, WA 98109

               COPY TO                 Timothy R. Osborn
                                       Bogle & Gates P.L.L.C.
                                       Two Union Square
                                       601 Union Street
                                       Seattle, Washington 98101

               FOR GUARANTOR:          Esterline Technologies Corporation
                                       Attn:  Robert W. Stevenson
                                       10800 N.E. 8th, Suite 600
                                       Bellevue, Washington 98004

               FOR LANDLORD:           810 Dexter L.L.C.
                                       c/o Michael Maloney
                                       The Highlands
                                       Seattle  WA  98177

               COPY TO:                Bruce H. Benson
                                       Helsell Fetterman LLP
                                       1500 Puget Sound Plaza
                                       1325 Fourth Avenue
                                       Seattle, WA 98101

        30.6 If any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Lease
or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, at any
time or to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this
Lease, or the application of such term or provision to person or
circumstances other than those as to which this Lease is held invalid or
unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term, covenant,
condition and provision of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to
the fullest extent permitted by law.

        30.7 This Lease shall not be recorded, but at the request of
either Landlord or Tenant the parties shall execute and acknowledge a
Memorandum of this Lease for recording. The Memorandum shall include such
provisions of this Lease as the parties desire, excluding, however, the
amount of rent and other monetary terms.

        31. AGENCY. The parties represent and warrant to each other that
no real estate broker or agent has been involved in connection with this
Lease for which a claim may be made against Landlord or Tenant, and
Landlord or Tenant agree to indemnify the other against and hold the
other harmless from any claim, loss or liability in connection with a
breach of said representation and warranty. This indemnification and hold
harmless agreement shall survive the termination or expiration of this
Lease.

        32. QUIET ENJOYMENT. So long as Tenant is not in default
hereunder past any applicable cure period Tenant shall have quiet
enjoyment of the Premises, free from any claims of parties claiming by,
under, or through Landlord and Landlord shall defend, indemnify and hold
Tenant harmless from any and all damages or liability (including actual
attorneys' fees) incurred as a result of a breach of the foregoing
provision, or any claim that if successful would result in breach.

        33. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, ETC. The representations,
warranties, covenants and agreements in this Lease or pursuant hereto
shall survive the execution and delivery of this Lease and the expiration
or earlier termination of this Lease for the applicable statute of
limitations period.

        34. ACCESS. Landlord and its agents shall have the right to enter
into and upon the Premises at all reasonable times and upon reasonable
notice (or without notice in the event of emergency such as fire) for the
purposes of inspecting the Premises, making repairs required of Landlord,
and/or showing the Premises to a prospective purchaser, tenant or lender.
Landlord shall have the right to place a "for rent" sign on the Premises
and show the Premises for one hundred seventy (170) days prior to the
expiration of the lease term.

        35. BINDING ON SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The terms, provisions and
covenants, and conditions contained in this Lease shall apply to, inure
to the benefit of and be binding upon, the parties hereto and upon their
respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted
assigns.

        36. AMENDMENTS TO THE LEASE. This Lease may not be altered,
changed or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by both
parties hereto.

        37. SEVERABILITY. If any clause or provision of this Lease is
illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective
during the term of this Lease, then and in that event it is the intention
of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be
affected thereby.

        38. INTEREST. Rent and any other sums due under this Lease from
Landlord or Tenant shall bear interest at the greater of nine percent
(9%) per annum or two percentage points (2%) over the prime rate as
announced by Seafirst Bank or its lawful successor, until paid in full.

        39. NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES. LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY AGREE
THAT THERE ARE AND SHALL BE NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
HABITABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER KIND ARISING
OUT OF THIS LEASE REGARDING THE CONDITION OF THE BUILDING, THE PREMISES
OR THE REAL PROPERTY. LANDLORD MAKES NO WARRANTIES REGARDING THE
CONDITION OF THE BUILDING, THE PREMISES OR THE REAL PROPERTY.

        40. BROKERS. Tenant and Landlord each represents and warrants to
the other that it has not entered into any agreement with, nor otherwise
had any dealings with, any broker or agent in connection with the
negotiation or execution of this Lease which could form the basis of any
claim by any such broker or agent for a brokerage fee or commission,
finder's fee or any other compensation of any kind or nature in
connection herewith. Each party shall indemnify, defend and hold the
other harmless from and against any costs (including but not limited to
court costs and attorneys' fees), expenses or liability for commissions
or other compensation claimed by any broker or agent other than those
listed above in this Paragraph with respect to this Lease which arises
out of any agreement or dealings, or alleged agreement or dealings,
between Landlord or Tenant and any such agent or broker.

        41. NO WAIVER. No waiver by either party of any covenant,
condition or agreement in this Lease shall operate as a waiver of the
covenant, condition or agreement itself, or of any subsequent breach
thereof.

        42. REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. The specified remedies to which Landlord
or Tenant may resort under the terms of this Lease are cumulative and are
not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress to
which Landlord or Tenant may lawfully be entitled in case of any breach
or threatened breach by Tenant or Landlord of any provision of this
Lease. In addition to the other remedies in this Lease provided, Landlord
or Tenant shall be entitled to the restraint by injunction of the
violation, or attempted or threatened violation, of any of the covenants,
conditions or provisions of this Lease.

        43. SUBLEASE. Landlord hereby subleases from Tenant and Tenant
subleases to Landlord on the following terms and conditions:

        43.1 For the first three (3) years of the Lease, beginning on the
Commencement Date and continuing through the Third Lease Year, Landlord
will sublease from Tenant both the bottom floor and the middle floor of
the Building and the parking as referred to in Section 2 above for a
minimum monthly rental amount of $24,000 per month in advance.

        43.2 For the fourth and fifth years of the Lease, beginning on
the first day of the Fourth Lease Year and continuing through the last
day of the Fifth Lease Year, Landlord will sublease from Tenant the
bottom floor of the Building for a minimum monthly rental amount of
$12,000 per month. The first five (5) Lease Years are sometimes referred
to herein as the "Sublease Term."

        43.3 During the Sublease Term, Landlord shall pay when due a
share of taxes, insurance and utilities as follows:

        (a) Taxes: Real estate taxes and assessments attributable to land
value shall be prorated on a Building square footage basis, and for
improvements shall be allocated based on 40% for the top floor, 30% for
the middle floor and 30% for the bottom floor for existing improvements
and, assuming no improvements to the subleased premises by Landlord,
Tenant shall be responsible for all increases in real estate taxes
subsequent to 1996 for improvements.

        (b) Insurance: All Tenant's insurance costs shall be allocated
40% to the top floor, 30% to the middle floor and 30% to the bottom floor
which for allocation purposes shall be limited to Landlord's current cost
of insurance, which for 1996 is $6,000, subject to annual increase by the
percentage increase in the Index for the prior year.

        (c) Utilities: Landlord shall pay all utilities of the type
required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to Section 6 of this Lease which
are metered separately to the subleased premises or are not allocated to
Tenant as Tenant's share under Section 6.

        43.4 During the sublease term, Landlord shall maintain the
interior of the subleased premises in a manner determined by Landlord,
but Tenant shall retain control over the exterior of Premises, including
the premises subleased by Landlord, and Landlord's right to place or
retain signs on the exterior of the Building shall be as provided in
Section 9.1(c). Landlord shall have the right to paint the exterior of
the Building. Except for damage caused by Tenant or its employees,
contractors, agents or invitees, Tenant's obligations under Section 7 of
the Lease, "Repair and Care of Premises", shall not apply to the
subleased premises.

        43.5 Tenant, as sublessor hereunder, agrees that with respect to
the sublease set forth in this Section, Landlord may use and sub-sublease
the property so subleased for any commercial use that is in accordance
with law, is consistent with the prime Lease and which would not, in
Tenant's reasonable judgment, materially impair or interfere with
Tenant's use of the Premises. No sub-sublease shall be for a term beyond
the Sublease Term except for the LCM International lease. Landlord
warrants and it has the right to eliminate LCM's right to lease beyond
the Sublease Term and shall do so at Tenant's request. Tenant approves
the existing uses identified as follows:

        - bakery                            - storage of boats and vehicles

        - auto repair and painting          - auto detailing

        - wholesale wine                    - distribution

        - wholesale clothing                - limo service

        - delivery service                  - storage of advertising
                                              materials

Landlord, as subtenant hereunder, shall not do or permit to be done in or
about Premises anything which is illegal or unlawful, or which will be
dangerous to life or limb, or which will constitute a nuisance or
increase the existing rate of insurance upon the Building, or cause
cancellation of any insurance policy covering any part of the Building or
the Premises.

        43.6 Landlord and Tenant agree that with respect to the sublease
of premises from Tenant to Landlord set forth in this Section 43, Tenant
shall not be liable or held responsible for any actions of Landlord in
connection with its use of the premises so subleased hereunder.

        43.7 Tenant shall not be responsible for any breach or default in
payment of rent or otherwise under this Lease if and to the extent caused
by Landlord's breach of this sublease.

        43.8 In lieu of Landlord paying Tenant sublease rent and other
and sums due from Landlord to Tenant under this sublease, Tenant shall
deduct any and all amounts due from Landlord to Tenant under this
Sublease from any all amounts owed by Tenant to Landlord under this
Lease.

        43.9 All obligations and duties of Tenant under this Lease
regarding the Premises shall not apply to subleased premises during the
Sublease Term. Landlord shall be subject to the same obligations with
respect to holding over and surrendering the subleased premises as Tenant
is under Sections 26 and 27 of this Lease regarding the Premises.

        43.10 Landlord shall not assign its interest in this sublease. If
Landlord is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company,
transfer of a controlling interest in such entity shall be deemed as
assignment. Landlord may sub-sublease all or a portion of the subleased
premises pursuant to Section 43.5 During the first five (5) years of the
prime Lease, any new sub-subleases by Landlord shall contain a provision
allowing Landlord to terminate such sub-sublease on six (6) months
notice, which Landlord shall exercise if so directed by Tenant following
Tenant's irrevocable election to terminate the Sublease (by purchasing
the Premises or otherwise by mutual agreement) at the end of such six (6)
month period.

        43.11 Tenant shall also have the first opportunity to terminate
the sublease as to all or portions of the subleased premises, as follows:
If Landlord desires to sub-sublease at least 2000 square feet of the
subleased premises, it shall first offer said space to Tenant in writing.
Tenant shall have twenty (20) days after receipt to accept said offer. If
Tenant accepts, the additional space shall automatically become part of
the Premises free of the sublease, subject to all terms of this Lease,
and rent for such space shall be determined based on the average square
footage rate being paid by Tenant at that time, and the sublease rent
shall be reduced based on the average square footage rate being paid by
Landlord at that time. If Tenant does not accept Landlord's offer within
the twenty (20) day period, Landlord may proceed to sub-sublease to the
proposed new tenant. Tenant's right of first opportunity shall again
become effective anytime Landlord desires to sub-sublease part of the
subleased premises at least 2000 square feet in area.

        44. GUARANTY. Esterline Technologies Corporation ("Guarantor")
hereby guaranties Tenant's obligations under this Lease. Landlord may not
exercise its rights against Guarantor under this guaranty until thirty
(30) days have elapsed following expiration of the cure period specified
in the Lease.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease
on the day and year first above written.

Landlord:                    Tenant:

810 DEXTER L.L.C.            KORRY ELECTRONICS CO.


By   /s/ Michael J Maloney   By  /s/ David G. Elkins
  ------------------------      --------------------
     Michael J. Maloney
  Its Sole Managing Member         Its President
                                       ---------

Guarantor:

ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION


By /s/ Larry A. Kring
  -------------------
Its Group Vice President
    --------------------



                                                               Exhibit 11


                    ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
             Computation of Primary Earnings Per Common Share
                 (in thousands, except per share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                  1996        1995         1994         1993        1992
                                  ----        ----         ----         ----        ----


<S>                           <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>      
Net Earnings                  $    21,354  $    17,381  $    7,563  $    (25,635)  $   5,094
                              ===========  ===========  ==========  ============   =========

Average Number of Common
     Shares Outstanding             7,921        6,568       6,513         6,512       6,506

Net Shares Assumed to be
     Issued for Stock Options         246          302          58            67         161
                             ------------  -----------  ----------  ------------   ---------
     Total                          8,167        6,870       6,571         6,579       6,667
                              ===========  ===========  ==========  ============   =========


Earnings Per Common Share -
     Primary Basis            $      2.61  $      2.53  $     1.15  $      (3.90)  $     .76
                              ===========  ===========  ==========  ============   =========

</TABLE>



                    ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
          Computation of Fully Diluted Earnings Per Common Share
                 (in thousands, except per share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        1996         1995         1994          1993          1992
                                        ----         ----         ----          ----          ----

<S>                                 <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>      
Net Earnings                        $    21,354  $    17,381  $    7,563  $   (25,635)   $   5,094
                                    ===========  ===========  ==========  ===========    =========


Average Number of Common
     Shares Outstanding                   7,921        6,568       6,513        6,512        6,506

Net Shares Assumed to
     be Issued for Stock Options            253          362         269           67          161

Total Common Shares on a
     Fully Diluted Basis                  8,174        6,930       6,782        6,579        6,667
                                    ===========  ===========  ==========  ===========    =========

Earnings Per Common Share -
     Fully Diluted Basis            $      2.61  $      2.51  $     1.12  $     (3.90)   $     .76
                                    ===========  ===========  ==========  ===========    =========

Earnings Per Common Share -
     Primary Basis                  $     2.61   $      2.53  $     1.15  $     (3.90)   $     .76
                                    ==========   ===========  ==========  ===========    =========


Dilutive Effect Per Common Share    $  None      $      .02   $      .03  $    None      $   None 
                                    ==========   ==========   ==========  ===========    =========


</TABLE>




                                                               EXHIBIT 13

             MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS
                  OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION


GENERAL

        Esterline management continues to build upon a basic strategy of
balancing inherent swings in demand in markets for capital intensive
engineered products through the development of manufacturing businesses
that serve different industrial markets. This approach was affirmed in
1996 as reduced sales and operating earnings experienced by the
Automation and Instrumentation Groups were more than offset by a solid
recovery realized by the Aerospace / Defense Group.

        Esterline presently consists of 13 separate operating units
grouped into three business segments. The six units that comprise the
core of the Company - Excellon, Whitney, Armtec, Auxitrol, Federal and
Korry - accounted for approximately 81% and 82% of net sales and 81% and
83% of operating earnings in 1996 and 1995, respectively.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1996
COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1995

        Net sales remained consistent with the prior period at $352.8
million in 1996 compared with $351.9 million in 1995. Automation Group
sales declined 6% to $146.7 million compared with $156.1 million for the
prior year. Much of the revenue decline was attributed to uncertainty
among automated manufacturing equipment users, especially in the printed
circuit board industry, as they delayed capital purchase decisions. The
Instrumentation Group also experienced a slight decrease in sales of 3%
to $94.5 million compared with $97.8 million in 1995. However, on a
proforma basis when results are restated for Scientific Columbus which
was sold late in 1995, the group experienced an increase in net sales of
6%. The Aerospace / Defense Group compensated for the slight declines in
revenues experienced by the other two segments by posting a 14% increase
in net sales totalling $111.7 million compared to $98 million for the
prior year. A recovering aerospace market and the acquisition of Mason
Electric Co., which was completed at the beginning of the fourth quarter
of 1996, were primarily responsible for the improvement. Net sales to
foreign customers, including export sales by domestic operations, totaled
$122.6 million and $124.1 million in 1996 and 1995, respectively, and
accounted for 35% of the Company's net sales in both years.

        Net sales for the year ended October 31, by group, were as
follows:

In thousands                                            96         95
- -------------                                    ------------------------
Automation                                          $146,698    $156,116
Aerospace and Defense                                111,691      98,027
Instrumentation                                       94,454      97,754
                                                    $352,843    $351,897

Total gross margin as a percentage of sales remained consistent with the
prior year at 39%. On a comparative basis, in 1996, the Automation and
Aerospace/Defense Groups' gross margins increased while the
Instrumentation Group's gross margin decreased. The gross margins by
group ranged from 38% to 39% in 1996, compared with 38% to 41% in the
prior year.

Selling, general and administrative expenses (which include corporate
expenses, and research, development and related engineering costs)
decreased to $103.4 million in 1996 when compared with $107.1 million in
the prior year. Reductions were realized in large measure due to the
absence of selling, general and administrative expenses at Scientific
Columbus in 1996. As a percentage of sales, these expenses improved to
29% in 1996 from 30% in 1995. Research, development, and related
engineering costs decreased to $15.4 million in 1996 from $16.6 million
in 1995.

In 1996, operating earnings (excluding corporate expenses) increased 15%
to $42.8 million from $37.3 million in the prior year. The primary areas
of improvement were in the Aerospace / Defense Group where operating
earnings more than doubled to $13.6 million in 1996 from $6.5 million in
the prior year. Recovery in aerospace markets as well as the operating
earnings generated by Mason contributed to this increase. The Automation
Group's operating earnings decreased 2% to $23.7 million in 1996 from
$24.2 million in 1995 reflecting a showdown in electronics industry
capital expenditures. The Instrumentation Group's operating earnings
decreased to $5.5 million in 1996 when compared with $6.6 million in the
prior year.

Interest income for the year increased to $2 million in 1996 compared
with $1.2 million in the prior year. Cash, generated from operations and
the proceeds of a public offering, was primarily invested in tax-exempt
securities.

Interest expense decreased $1.3 million in 1996 to $4.3 million compared
with $5.6 million in 1995. This reduction is primarily related to a
continuing decline in debt which included the initial principal payment
on the 8.75% Senior Notes.

The effective income tax rate for 1996 was 33% compared with 34% in the
prior year. The decrease in the effective rate is attributed primarily to
tax-exempt interest generated in the current year.

Net earnings were $21.4 million, or $2.61 per share, for 1996 compared
with net earnings of $17.4 million, or $2.53 per share, in the prior year
period. In 1995, earnings included $.20 per share and $.12 per share from
the restructuring credit and proceeds from a patent infringement
settlement, respectively. Without these items, 1995 earnings per share
from operations was $2.21.

Orders for 1996 increased 1% to $361.4 million from $358.3 million in the
prior year period. Backlog at October 31, 1996 was $127.3 million
compared with $103.2 million a year earlier. The increase in backlog
relates to the aerospace recovery and the Mason acquisition.
Approximately $24.6 million of backlog was scheduled to be delivered
after 1997. All orders in backlog are subject to cancellation until
delivery.


                       YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1995
                 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1994

Net sales in 1995 were $351.9 million compared with $294 million in 1994.
The net sales improvement was primarily attributable to the Automation
Group, where net sales increased $47.5 million, or 44%, to $156.1
million. The Automation Group benefited from a strong market for
automated manufacturing equipment, particularly at Excellon where the
growing capacity requirements of circuit board manufacturers and the
proliferation of increasingly smaller holes was helping to drive
replacement of older drilling machines. Net sales in the Company's two
other groups, Aerospace / Defense and Instrumentation, also improved in
1995. In the Aerospace / Defense Group, net sales for 1995 were $98
million, compared with $93.4 million in the prior year. This increase was
primarily due to a strengthening in the aerospace markets.
Instrumentation Group net sales for 1995 were $97.8 million, versus $92
million in 1994. This increase was primarily a result of new product
introductions and expanded sales efforts at Federal. Including export
sales by domestic operations, net sales to foreign buyers totaled $124.1
million and $91 million in 1995 and 1994, respectively and accounted for
35% and 31% of the Company's total net sales in each year, respectively.
Total gross margin as a percentage of sales remained consistent with the
prior year at 39%. Gross margin percentages by business segment decreased
in 1995 in both the Automation and Aerospace / Defense Groups, and
increased in the Instrumentation Group. By group, gross margins ranged
from 38% to 41% in 1995, compared with 39% to 42% in the prior year.
Selling, general and administrative expenses (which includes corporate
expenses, and research, development and related engineering costs but
excludes the restructuring credit) for 1995 increased to $107.1 million
compared with $100.8 million in 1994. As a percent of sales, however,
they decreased from 34% in 1994 to 30% in 1995 because of cost
containment and operating leverage the Company is experiencing due to
increased sales volumes. Research, development and related engineering
costs for 1995 increased to $16.6 million, versus $13.7 million in 1994,
reflecting the Company's continuing commitment to invest in strategic
product development programs. Operating earnings (excluding corporate
expenses and the restructuring credit) increased from $23.3 million in
1994 to $37.3 million in 1995. The improvement was primarily attributable
to the Automation Group where earnings more than doubled to $24.2 million
in 1995 from $11.9 million in 1994. The Automation Group's earnings
improvement is due to the operating leverage of increased sales. The
earnings of the Instrumentation Group also increased sharply from $1.5
million to $6.6 million due to favorable product mix of sales and receipt
of a patent infringement settlement of $1.3 million. The Aerospace /
Defense Group's earnings decreased to $6.5 million in 1995 from $9.8
million in the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to the above
referenced decline in gross margins.

Interest income for 1995 was $1.2 million compared with $0.1 million in
1994 due to increases in cash and equivalents which were generated
primarily from operations.

Interest expense for 1995 was $5.6 million compared with $6.1 million in
1994 due primarily to reduced debt levels.

The effective income tax rate for 1995 was 34% compared with 14% in 1994.
The low effective 1994 rate was primarily due to a $2 million benefit
recorded in 1994 from a settlement with the Internal Revenue Service of
audits of certain federal income tax returns.

Net earnings for 1995, were $17.4 million, or $2.53 per share, compared
with net earnings of $7.6 million, or $1.15 per share in the prior year
period. Earnings in the current year period include $.20 per share and
$.12 per share, respectively, from the restructuring credit and patent
infringement settlement discussed above.

Orders for 1995, were $358.3 million, compared with $319.4 million a year
earlier. The increase was primarily attributable to the Automation Group
and its improved markets as discussed above. Backlog at October 31, 1995
was $103.2 million, compared with $96.8 million a year earlier.
Approximately $11.9 million of Companywide backlog was scheduled to be
delivered after 1996.


                     LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Cash and equivalents at October 31, 1996 totaled $46.4 million, an
increase of $24.3 million from October 31, 1995. This increase was
generated through operations and a public offering of common stock, and
was reduced by acquisitions, debt paydown and an increase in other
working capital elements. Net working capital increased to $73.4 million
at October 31, 1996 from 35.7 million at October 31, 1995.

Total debt at October 31, 1996 was $40.9 million, a $9.4 million decrease
from a year earlier. The debt reduction is primarily due to a scheduled
principal payment of $5.7 million on the Company's 8.75% Senior Notes.
The scheduled repayments began on July 30, 1996 and will continue
annually until maturity on July 30, 2002. At October 31, 1996, total
outstanding debt included $34.3 million under the Company's 8.75% Senior
Notes, and $6.6 million under various foreign currency debt agreements.
Total credit facilities equaled $44 million of which $35.4 million was
available at October 31, 1996. The Company recently renegotiated its
primary bank financing arrangement, reducing the covenant restrictions
and lowering the interest rate.

Capital expenditures, consisting of buildings, machinery, equipment and
computers are anticipated to be approximately $27 million during fiscal
1997, compared with $17.2 million in 1996. The planned increase in
capital expenditures for fiscal 1997 primarily relates to the need for
new, expanded manufacturing facilities. Capital expenditures for 1996
(excluding acquisitions) were comprised of machinery, equipment and
computers.

Management believes cash on hand, funds generated from operations and
available bank credit lines will adequately service cash requirements
through fiscal 1997.

                        FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements in the above commentary and throughout this annual
report contain forward-looking information that involves risk and
uncertainty, including industry trends, backlog, capital expenditures and
cash requirements. The Company's business is susceptible to economic
cycles and its results can vary widely based on a number of factors,
including domestic and foreign economic conditions and developments
affecting the specific industries and customers served. The products sold
by most of these businesses represent capital investment or support for
capital investment by either the initial customer or the ultimate
end-user. Also a significant portion of the sales and profitability of
some Company businesses is derived from the telecommunications, computer,
aerospace and defense markets. Changes in general economic conditions or
conditions in these and other specific industries, capital acquisition
cycles, and government policies, collectively or individually, can have a
significant effect on the Company's results of operations and financial
condition. Thus, these forward-looking statements may be materially
different from actual future outcomes. The Company does not undertake any
obligation to publicly release the results of any revisions that may be
made to these forward-looking statements to reflect any future events or
circumstances.

                     RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT

In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation," which is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 1995. This Statement defines and prescribes a fair
value based method of accounting for stock-based compensation plans in
which compensation cost is computed at the option grant date and expensed
over a service period. While full adoption of this statement is
encouraged, companies will be permitted to continue accounting for
stock-based compensation under the current guidance of Accounting
Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25; provided that certain pro forma
disclosures of the impact of full implementation are made. The Company
does not plan to adopt the accounting provisions of this standard and
accordingly will continue applying the provisions of APB Opinion No. 25.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS,
FOR THE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31,                96             95           94            93          92
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                      <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
Operating Results
Net sales                                $352,843       $351,897     $294,044      $285,152    $304,827
Cost of sales                             215,015        215,934      178,397       175,568     187,235
Selling, general and administrative       103,415        107,113      100,845       100,669     102,202
Restructuring provision (credit)               --         (2,067)          --        40,626         --
Interest income                            (1,989)        (1,156)        (113)         (122)       (143)
Interest expense                            4,328          5,598        6,098         6,446       7,389
Income tax expense (benefit)               10,720          9,094        1,254       (12,400)      3,050
Net earnings (loss)                        21,354         17,381        7,563       (25,635)      5,094
Net earnings (loss) per share            $   2.61       $   2.53     $   1.15      $  (3.90)   $   0.76

Financial Structure
Total assets                             $276,646       $225,714     $217,524      $205,672    $232,024
Long-term debt, net                        29,007         35,543       41,714        62,267      68,622
Shareholders' equity                      142,304         83,706       65,491        55,323      82,622
Average number of shares outstanding        8,167          6,870        6,571         6,579       6,667


                              MARKET PRICE OF ESTERLINE COMMON STOCK

Principal Market - New York Stock Exchange
</TABLE>


FOR THE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31,              96                       95
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Quarter                               High         Low       High        Low
First                                $24.00      $19.13     $14.75     $11.13
Second                                23.88       20.38      17.63      12.50
Third                                 26.00       18.75      24.75      16.63
Fourth                                23.38       20.00      30.38      21.25


At October 31, 1996 there were approximately 1,032 holders of record of
the Company's common stock. Certain of the Company's financing
arrangements impose restrictions on the payment of dividends. (See Note 6
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)


                              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS,
FOR THE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31,                96           95           94
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net Sales                              $  352,843      $ 351,897  $  294,044

Costs and Expenses
   Cost of sales                          215,015        215,934     178,397
   Selling, general and administrative    103,415        107,113     100,845
   Restructuring credit                        --         (2,067)         --
   Interest income                         (1,989)        (1,156)       (113)
   Interest expense                         4,328          5,598       6,098
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          320,769        325,422     285,227
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Earnings Before Income Taxes               32,074         26,475       8,817
Income Tax Expense                         10,720          9,094       1,254
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Earnings                          $    21,354      $  17,381    $  7,563
=============================================================================
Net Earnings Per Share                   $   2.61      $    2.53       $1.15
=============================================================================

                see notes to consolidated financial statements



                            CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

IN THOUSANDS, OCTOBER 31,                                 96           95
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

ASSETS

Current Assets
   Cash and equivalents                               $  46,436    $  22,097
   Accounts receivable, net of 
     allowances of $4,084 and $4,117                     69,120       63,825
   Inventories                                           45,399       39,963
   Deferred income taxes                                 15,321       14,122
   Prepaid expenses                                       2,504        2,199
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total Current Assets                            178,780      142,206

Property, Plant and Equipment
   Land                                                   3,619        3,913
   Buildings                                             43,875       43,669
   Machinery and equipment                              112,809       99,076
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        160,303      146,658
   Accumulated depreciation                             106,813       97,426
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         53,490       49,232

Intangibles, net and Other Assets                        44,376       34,276
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      $ 276,646    $ 225,714
============================================================================


LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current Liabilities

   Accounts payable                                   $  20,836    $  23,143
   Accrued liabilities                                   68,492       66,363
   Credit facilities                                      5,242        7,721
   Current maturities of long-term debt                   6,660        7,030
   Federal and foreign income taxes                       4,105        2,208
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total Current Liabilities                       105,335      106,465

Long-Term Debt                                           29,007       35,543

Shareholders' Equity
   Common stock, par value $.20 per 
     share, authorized 30,000,000 
     shares, issued and outstanding 
     8,501,668 and 6,645,780 shares                       1,700        1,328
   Capital in excess of par value                        48,417       10,390
   Retained earnings                                     93,686       72,332
   Cumulative translation adjustment                     (1,499)        (344)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Total Shareholders' Equity                      142,304       83,706
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      $ 276,646    $ 225,714
===========================================================================

                see notes to consolidated financial statements

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

IN THOUSANDS, FOR THE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31,                       96           95           94
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash Flows Provided (Used) by Operating Activities
<S>                                                            <C>         <C>           <C>    
   Net earnings                                                $21,354     $ 17,381      $ 7,563
   Restructuring credit                                             --       (2,067)          --
   Depreciation and amortization                                16,269       16,599       16,414
   Deferred income taxes                                          (413)      (2,969)      (1,303)
   Working capital changes, net of effect of acquisitions
        Accounts receivable                                     (4,319)         280      (15,625)
        Inventories                                             (2,694)      (9,496)       7,590
        Prepaid expenses                                          (291)        (176)          38
        Accounts payable                                        (2,399)       4,121        3,564
        Accrued liabilities                                        605        7,196        6,910
        Federal and foreign income taxes                         1,886          897          144
   Other, net                                                    2,411          882           92
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                32,409       32,648       25,387
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash Flows Provided (Used) by Investing Activities
   Capital expenditures                                        (17,203)     (11,461)     (11,288)
   Capital dispositions                                          1,054        3,773        3,945
   Acquisitions                                                (20,485)          --           --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               (36,634)      (7,688)      (7,343)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash Flows Provided (Used) by Financing Activities
   Net change in credit facilities                              (2,214)       7,483       (5,218)
   Repayment of long-term debt                                  (6,812)     (19,837)      (7,290)
   Net proceeds provided by sale of common stock                38,365           --           --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                29,339      (12,354)     (12,508)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Effect of Exchange Rates                                          (775)         415          322
Net Increase in Cash and Equivalents                            24,339       13,021        5,858

Cash and Equivalents - Beginning of Year                        22,097        9,076        3,218
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and Equivalents - End of Year                             $46,436     $ 22,097      $ 9,076
================================================================================================

Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Cash paid during the year for
   Interest expense                                            $ 4,480     $  4,577      $ 6,033
   Income taxes                                                  6,357       10,452        2,212

                             see notes to consolidated financial statements
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

IN THOUSANDS, FOR THE YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31,                       96           95           94
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Common Stock, par value $.20 per share
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>          <C>    
   Beginning of year                                           $ 1,328      $ 1,302      $ 1,302
   1,800,000 shares issued                                         360           --           --
   Shares issued under stock option plans                           12           26           --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   End of year                                                   1,700        1,328        1,302
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Capital in Excess of Par Value
   Beginning of year                                            10,390       10,482       10,482
   1,800,000 shares issued                                      38,005           --           --
   Shares issued under stock option plans                           22          (92)          --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   End of year                                                  48,417       10,390       10,482
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Retained Earnings
   Beginning of year                                            72,332       54,951       47,388
   Net earnings                                                 21,354       17,381        7,563
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   End of year                                                  93,686       72,332       54,951
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cumulative Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments
   Beginning of year                                              (344)      (1,244)      (3,849)
   Change in foreign currency translation                       (1,155)         900        2,605
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   End of year                                                  (1,499)        (344)      (1,244)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shareholders' Equity                                          $142,304      $83,706      $65,491
================================================================================================

                              see notes to consolidated financial statements
</TABLE>





                NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1      ACCOUNTING POLICIES

NATURE OF OPERATIONS  Esterline Technologies Corporation (the Company) -
through its 13 separate operating units - designs, manufactures and
markets a broad array of capital intensive engineered products. The
company principally serves the aerospace and defense industry, electronic
equipment manufacturers, metal fabricators and general manufacturing
industries throughout the world.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION  The consolidated financial statements include all
subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have
been eliminated. Classifications have been changed for certain amounts in
the preceding period to conform with the current year's presentation.

MANAGEMENT ESTIMATES  The preparation of financial statements in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION  Foreign currency assets and liabilities are
translated into their U.S. dollar equivalents based on year-end exchange
rates. Revenue and expense accounts are generally translated at average
exchange rates. Aggregate exchange gains and losses arising from the
translation of foreign assets and liabilities are included in
shareholders' equity. Transaction gains and losses are included in income
and have not been significant in amount.

INVENTORIES  Most inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first in,
first out) or market. Three subsidiaries state their inventories at the
lower of cost (last in, first out) or market. Inventory cost includes
material, labor and factory overhead.

RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND RELATED ENGINEERING COSTS  Research, development
and related engineering costs approximated $15,373,000, $16,638,000 and
$13,711,000 in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively, and are generally
expensed as incurred.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, AND DEPRECIATION  Property, plant and
equipment is carried at cost and includes expenditures for major
improvements which increase useful lives. Depreciation is provided
generally on the straight-line method. For income tax purposes,
depreciation is also computed using various accelerated methods.

INTANGIBLES  Intangible assets arise primarily from business acquisitions
and include the cost of purchased businesses in excess of amounts
assigned to identifiable assets. Intangible assets are being amortized
over estimated lives of up to 30 years.

ASSET VALUATION   The carrying amount of long-life assets is reviewed
periodically. If the asset carrying amount is not recoverable, the asset
is considered to be impaired and the carrying amount is adjusted.

ENVIRONMENTAL   Environmental exposures are provided for in total at the
time they are known to exist or are considered reasonably probable.

EARNINGS PER SHARE  Earnings per share is computed using the average number
of common and common equivalent shares outstanding during each year. The
average number of shares were 8,167,000, 6,870,000, and 6,571,000 in
1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

CASH EQUIVALENTS   Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments
with maturities of three months or less. Fair value of cash equivalents
approximates carrying value.


NOTE 2      INVENTORIES


Inventories at October 31 consisted of the following:

IN THOUSANDS                                         96           95 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------

Raw materials and purchased parts                 $15,880      $11,422
Work in process                                    23,195       22,052
Finished goods                                      6,324        6,489
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  $45,399      $39,963
======================================================================

Inventories stated under the last in, first out method totaled $9,653,000
and $9,989,000 at October 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Had the first
in, first out method been used, these inventories would have been
$4,450,000 and $3,896,000 higher than reported at October 31, 1996 and
1995, respectively.


NOTE 3      ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities at October 31 consisted of the following:

IN THOUSANDS                                         96           95
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------

Payroll and other compensation                    $19,670      $19,971
Self-insurance provisions                           8,649        7,151
Interest                                            2,321        2,453
Warranties                                          9,065       10,202
State and other tax accruals                        8,554        6,912
Other                                              20,233       19,674
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  $68,492      $66,363
======================================================================


NOTE 4    RETIREMENT BENEFITS

Pension benefits are provided for substantially all U.S. employees under
contributory and non-contributory pension and other plans, and are based
on years of service and five-year average compensation. The Company makes
actuarially computed contributions as necessary to adequately fund
benefits. The actuarial computations assumed discount rates on benefit
obligations and expected long-term rates of return on plan assets of 7.5%
and annual compensation increases of 5%. Plan assets primarily consist of
publicly traded common stocks, bonds and government securities.

Total pension expense for all benefit plans, including defined benefit
plans, was $2,329,000, $2,016,000 and $1,232,000 for the years ended
October 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Net periodic pension
expense for the Company's defined benefit plans for the years ended
October 31 consisted of the following:

IN THOUSANDS                                        96         95       94
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service cost - benefits earned during the year   $ 2,871   $ 2,316   $  2,322
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation      5,154     4,698      4,457
Actual return on plan assets - investment gains   (8,074)  (13,496)    (2,827)
Net amortization and deferral                      1,319     7,599     (3,515)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net pension expense                              $ 1,270   $ 1,117    $   437
=============================================================================

The funded status of the defined benefit pension plan at October 31 was
as follows:

IN THOUSANDS                                              96           95
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Plan assets at fair value                               $91,509     $84,598
Projected benefit obligation for service 
  rendered to date                                      71,066       62,223
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Plan assets in excess of projected benefit obligation   20,443       22,375
Unrecognized net gain                                   (7,576)      (8,297)
Unrecognized transition asset                           (1,925)      (2,406)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prepaid pension expense, included in other assets      $10,942      $11,672
===========================================================================
Actuarial present value of accumulated benefit 
  obligation, including vested benefits of 
  $62,012 and $51,716                                  $62,329      $51,978
===========================================================================

The Company also has an unfunded supplemental retirement plan for key
executives providing for periodic payments upon retirement. The related
accrued pension liability was $2,630,000 and $2,046,000 as of October 31,
1996 and 1995, respectively.


NOTE 5    INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended October 31 consisted of
the following:

IN THOUSANDS                                    96        95         94
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

Current                                     $11,133     $12,063   $ 2,557
Deferred                                       (413)     (2,969)   (1,303)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            $10,720     $ 9,094   $ 1,254
==========================================================================

Primary components of the Company's deferred tax assets and (liabilities)
for the years ended October 31 resulted from temporary tax differences
associated with the following:

IN THOUSANDS                                         96          95
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

Reserves and liabilities                         $17,546      $15,797
Employee benefits                                  4,007        4,039
Foreign tax loss carryforward                      1,430        1,627
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total deferred tax assets                         22,983       21,463

Depreciation and amortization                     (2,902)      (1,412)
Retirement benefits                               (3,034)      (3,417)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total deferred tax liabilities                    (5,936)      (4,829)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 $17,047      $16,634
=========================================================================

A valuation allowance was not required due to the nature of and
circumstances associated with the temporary tax differences.

A reconciliation of the United States federal statutory income tax rate
to the effective income tax rate for the years ended October 31 was as
follows:
                                               96         95         94
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

U.S. statutory income tax rate                35.0%      35.0%      34.0%
State income taxes                             2.8        3.5        6.6
Foreign tax rates                             (0.3)      (1.5)       2.5
Foreign sales corporation                     (2.1)      (1.7)      (3.5)
Tax settlement                                  --         --      (22.7)
Tax exempt interest                           (1.5)        --         --
Other, net                                    (0.5)      (1.0)      (2.7)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective income tax rate                     33.4%      34.3%      14.2%
=========================================================================

During 1994, the Internal Revenue Service completed an examination of
certain federal income tax returns and reached agreement with the Company
on various filing positions. As a result, the Company recorded a
$2,000,000 tax benefit in the fourth quarter of 1994.

No provision for federal income taxes has been made on accumulated
earnings of foreign subsidiaries, since such earnings have either been
permanently reinvested or would be substantially offset by foreign tax
credits.


NOTE 6     DEBT

Long-term debt at October 31 consisted of the following:

IN THOUSANDS                                        96          95
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------

8.75% Senior Notes, due 2002                     $34,285      $40,000
Other                                              1,382        2,573
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  35,667       42,573

Less current maturities                            6,660        7,030
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 $29,007      $35,543
=====================================================================

The 8.75% Senior Notes are unsecured and payable in equal annual
installments. Interest is payable semi-annually in January and July of
each year. The aggregate long-term debt maturing in the next five years
is as follows: 1997 - $6,660,000; 1998 -$6,023,000; 1999 - $5,780,000;
2000 - $5,775,000; 2001 - $5,714,000.

Short-term credit facilities at October 31 consisted of the following:

IN THOUSANDS              96                                  95
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

              Outstanding     Interest             Outstanding    Interest
              Borrowings        Rate               Borrowings       Rate

U. S. dollar     $  --           --                 $  --             --
Foreign           5,242         7.8%                 7,721           7.7%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 $5,242                             $7,721
==========================================================================

During 1996, the Company renegotiated its primary U.S. dollar credit
facility of $35,000,000 with a group of banks. The new credit facility is
unsecured and interest is based on standard inter-bank offering rates.
The company's credit facilities total $44,000,000, including unsecured
foreign currency credit facilities of $9,000,000. The credit facilities
contain various covenant restrictions, including maintenance of net
worth, payment of dividends, interest coverage and limitations on
additional borrowings. Available credit under the above credit facilities
was $35,358,000 when reduced by outstanding borrowings and letters of
credit of $3,400,000.

The fair value of the Company's long-term debt and short-term credit
facilities was estimated at $41,900,000 and $51,500,000 at October 31,
1996 and 1995, respectively. These estimates were derived using interest
rates currently available to the Company for issuance of debt with
similar terms and remaining maturities.

NOTE 7    CONTINGENCIES

In October 1995, the Company identified irregularities in the allocation
of certain labor charges at its Armtec Defense Products subsidiary and is
participating in the Department of Defense Voluntary Disclosure Program.
Management believes that the eventual outcome of this issue will not have
a material adverse effect on the financial position or future operating
results of the Company.

In addition, the Company has various lawsuits and claims, both offensive
and defensive, and contingent liabilities arising from the conduct of
business, including those associated with Government contracting
activities, none of which, in the opinion of management, is expected to
have a material effect on the Company's financial position or results of
operations. Liabilities have been accrued for environmental remediation
costs expected to be incurred in the disposition of manufacturing
facilities. No provision has been recorded for environmental remediation
costs which could result from changes in laws or other circumstances
currently not contemplated by the Company.

NOTE 8   OPERATING LEASES

Net rental expense for operating leases amounted to $3,159,000,
$3,103,000 and $3,170,000 in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

The Company's rental commitments for noncancelable operating leases with
a duration in excess of one year are as follows:

IN THOUSANDS

1997                                                           $ 3,090
1998                                                             2,896
1999                                                             2,605
2000                                                             2,394
2001                                                             2,474
2002 and thereafter                                              7,138
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               $20,597
======================================================================


NOTE 9     STOCK OPTION PLANS

At October 31, 1996, the Company had 851,500 shares of common stock
reserved for issuance to officers and key employees under its 1987 Stock
Option Plan, of which 93,375 shares were available for future grant.
Authority to grant additional shares under the 1987 Plan expires on
October 28, 1997. The Board of Directors has approved a replacement plan
and intends to solicit shareholder approval for its plan including the
allocation of 400,000 additional shares to be issuable under the new plan
at the next shareholders' meeting on March 5, 1997.
 
The Board of Directors has authorized the Compensation and Stock Option
Committee to administer option grants, and their terms, under both plans.
Options granted under the plans become exercisable over a period of four
years following the date of grant and expire not later than the tenth
anniversary of the grant. Option exercise prices are equal to the fair
value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant.

The following summarizes the changes in outstanding options granted under
the Company's stock option plans:

                                            Shares     Option Prices Per Share

Balance - October 31, 1993                 978,500        $ 7.63 - $11.25
   Granted                                 119,000          7.38 -   9.88
   Canceled                                (54,000)         7.38 -  11.25
   Exercised                                (5,000)                  9.00
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance - October 31, 1994               1,038,500          7.38 -  11.25

   Granted                                 105,000         12.88 -  17.75
   Canceled                                 (7,500)         7.38 -  11.25
   Exercised                              (381,375)         7.38 -   9.50
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance - October 31, 1995                 754,625          7.38 -  17.75

   Granted                                 129,000         21.00 -  23.38
   Canceled                                 (3,750)                  7.63
   Exercised                              (121,750)         7.38 -  11.25
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance - October 31, 1996                 758,125        $ 7.38 - $23.38
=========================================================================
Exercisable at October 31, 1996            475,250        $ 7.38 - $17.75
=========================================================================

NOTE 10    CAPITAL STOCK

The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 500,000 shares of
preferred stock, including 25,000 shares ($100 par value) and 475,000
shares ($1.00 par value) issuable in series, and 30,000,000 shares of
common stock ($.20 par value). At October 31, 1996, there were no shares
of preferred stock outstanding and 851,500 shares of common stock were
reserved for issuance under the Company's stock option plans.

On February 8, 1996 the Company completed the public offering of 1.8
million shares of common stock priced at $23 per share, generating net
proceeds of $38.4 million. These funds provide additional financial
resources for general corporate purposes, including the acquisition of
other companies.

The Company has a Shareholder Rights Plan providing for the distribution
of one Preferred Stock Purchase Right for each share of common stock held
on December 23, 1992. Each Right entitles the holder to purchase one-one
hundredth of a share of Series A Serial Preferred Stock at an exercise
price of $56. The Rights expire December 23, 2002.

The Rights will be exercisable and transferable apart from the common
stock only if a person or group acquires beneficial ownership of 10% or
more of the Company's common stock or commences a tender offer or
exchange offer which would result in a person or group beneficially
owning 10% or more of the Company's common stock. The Rights will be
redeemable by the Company for $.01 each at any time prior to the tenth
day after an announcement that a person or group beneficially owns 10% or
more of the common stock. Upon the occurrence of certain events, the
holder of a Right can purchase, for the then current exercise price of
the Right, shares of common stock of the Company (or under certain
circumstances, as determined by the Board of Directors, cash, other
securities or property) having a value of twice the Right's exercise
price. Upon the occurrence of certain other events, the holder of each
Right would be entitled to purchase, at the exercise price of the Right,
shares of common stock of a corporation or other entity acquiring the
Company or engaging in certain transactions involving the Company, that
has a market value of twice the Right's exercise price.

NOTE 11     ACQUISITIONS

On August 1, 1996, the Company acquired all of the operating assets of
Mason Electric Company. The purchase method of accounting was used, with
the results of operations included since the date of acquisition. The
allocation of purchase price to the assets and liabilities acquired was
based on preliminary estimates of fair value, and is subject to
finalization. The Company also acquired a noncontrolling equity interest
in a company, and executed an agreement to acquire a product line. The
total purchase price, including closing and other direct costs of these
purchase transactions was approximately $22 million, and includes excess
of cost over identifiable tangible and intangible assets of approximately
$12 million.

On a pro forma basis, prepared as though the business combination had
occurred at the beginning of fiscal 1995, consolidated revenues would be
$365,108,000 and $365,685,000, net earnings would be $21,910,000 and
$17,729,000, and net earnings per share would be $2.68 and $2.58, for the
years ended October 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. These pro forma
results are unaudited, have been prepared for comparative purposes only,
and do not purport to be indicative of what would have occurred had the
acquisition been made at the beginning of 1995, or of results which may
occur in the future.

NOTE 12     RESTRUCTURING PROVISION

The Company recorded a restructuring charge in the fourth quarter of
1993. In the third quarter of fiscal year 1995 the Company recorded a
credit of $2.1 million ($1.4 million, or $.20 per share, net of income
tax) representing the substantial completion of the 1993 restructuring.

NOTE 13     BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION

Details of the Company's operations by business segment for the years
ended October 31 were as follows:

Business Segment

IN THOUSANDS                                   96         95           94
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net Sales
   Automation                              $146,698    $ 156,116     $108,642
   Aerospace and Defense                    111,691       98,027       93,370
   Instrumentation                           94,454       97,754       92,032
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           $352,843    $ 351,897     $294,044
=============================================================================

Earnings Before Income Taxes
   Automation                              $ 23,684    $  24,215     $ 11,913
   Aerospace and Defense                     13,649        6,493        9,809
   Instrumentation                            5,507        6,627        1,537
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Operating Earnings                   42,840       37,335       23,259
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Corporate expense                         (8,427)      (8,485)      (8,457)
   Restructuring credit                          --        2,067           --
   Interest income                            1,989        1,156          113
   Interest expense                          (4,328)      (5,598)      (6,098)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           $ 32,074    $  26,475     $  8,817
=============================================================================

Identifiable Assets
   Automation                              $ 67,360    $  57,849     $ 49,540
   Aerospace and Defense                     86,303       68,785       76,681
   Instrumentation                           46,507       45,412       49,822
   Corporate(1)                              76,476       53,668       41,481
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           $276,646    $ 225,714     $217,524
=============================================================================

Capital Expenditures
   Automation                              $  7,379    $   5,848     $  4,214
   Aerospace and Defense                      3,414        2,750        3,158
   Instrumentation                            5,926        2,833        3,847
   Corporate                                    484           30           69
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           $ 17,203    $  11,461     $ 11,288
=============================================================================

Depreciation and Amortization
   Automation                              $  4,667    $   4,388     $  3,546
   Aerospace and Defense                      5,705        6,002        6,128
   Instrumentation                            5,618        5,754        6,257
   Corporate                                    279          455          483
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           $ 16,269    $  16,599     $ 16,414
=============================================================================

(1) Primarily cash, prepaid pension expense (see Note 4) and net
    deferred tax assets (see Note 5).

NOTE 13     BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

The Company's operations by geographic area for the years ended October
31 were as follows:

Geographic Area
IN THOUSANDS                                      96         95          94
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sales
   Domestic
        Unaffiliated customers - U.S.         $230,286    $227,810   $203,010
        Unaffiliated customers - export         57,130      61,051     34,248
        Intercompany                            11,367      11,132      6,231
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               298,783     299,993    243,489
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Foreign
        Unaffiliated customers                  65,427      63,036     56,786
        Intercompany                             1,900       1,073        628
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                67,327      64,109     57,414
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Eliminations                                (13,267)    (12,205)    (6,859)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net Sales                                     $352,843    $351,897   $294,044
=============================================================================

Operating earnings (1)
   Domestic                                   $ 41,227    $ 38,238   $ 20,449
   Foreign                                       1,195         (80)     2,994
   Eliminations                                    418        (823)      (184)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               $42,840    $ 37,335   $ 23,259
=============================================================================

Identifiable assets (2)
   Domestic                                   $157,069    $134,897   $133,200
   Foreign                                      43,101      37,149     42,843
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              $200,170   $ 172,046   $176,043
=============================================================================
1  Before restructuring credit and corporate expense, shown on page 44.
2  Excludes Corporate, shown on page 44.

The Company's principal foreign operations consist of manufacturing
facilities located in France, Spain, Mexico and Italy and include sales
and service operations located in England, Germany, Japan and France.

The above sales are based upon geographic origin of sale. Intercompany
sales are made at selling prices comparable with sales to unaffiliated
customers. Sales to any single customer or government entity did not
exceed 10% of consolidated sales.

Product lines contributing more than 10% of total sales in any of the
years ended October 31 were as follows:

                                               96          95      94
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------

Printed circuit board drilling equipment       22%         26%     18%
Gauge products                                 12%         12%     13%


NOTE 14     QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following is a summary of unaudited quarterly financial information:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS      FOURTH     THIRD     SECOND     FIRST
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Year ended October 31, 1996
<S>                                        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>    
Net sales                                  $98,142   $81,729    $88,975    $83,997
Gross margin                                36,519    32,205     35,802     33,302
Net earnings                                 6,782     5,028      6,195      3,349
Net earnings per share1                    $   .78   $   .58    $   .75    $   .48

Year ended October 31, 1995
Net sales                                  $96,435   $87,318    $84,812    $83,332
Gross margin                                36,642    34,334     30,993     33,994
Net earnings                                 5,543     6,589(2)   3,051      2,198
Net earnings per share                     $   .84   $   .93(2)  $  .44    $   .32

1  The sum of quarterly per share amounts may not equal per share
   amounts reported for year-to-date periods. This is due to changes in the
   number of weighted average shares outstanding for each period.

2  Net earnings in the third quarter of 1995 reflect nonrecurring items
   including a pre-tax restructuring credit of $2.1 million, or $.20 per
   share on an after-tax basis, and a pre-tax patent infringement settlement
   credit of $1.3 million, or $.12 per share on an after-tax basis. Without
   these credits, net earnings would have been $4.2 million, or $.61 per
   share.
</TABLE>



                     REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors
Esterline Technologies Corporation
Bellevue, Washington

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Esterline
Technologies Corporation and its subsidiaries as of October 31, 1996 and
1995, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended October 31, 1996. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Esterline Technologies
Corporation and its subsidiaries as of October 31, 1996 and 1995, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended October 31, 1996 in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.



Deloitte & Touche LLP
Seattle, Washington
December 11, 1996




                                                               Exhibit 21


                               SUBSIDIARIES

 The subsidiaries of the Company as of October 31, 1996 are as follows:

                                                             Jurisdiction of
Name of Subsidiary                                            Incorporation
- ------------------                                           ---------------
Angus Electronics Co.                                            Delaware

Armtec Defense Products Co.                                      Delaware

Auxitrol Co.                                                     Delaware

Equipment Sales Co.                                              Connecticut

Excellon Automation Co.                                          California
        Tulon Co.                                                California
        Excellon U.K.                                            California
        Excellon Europa GmbH                                     Germany
        Amtech Automated Manufacturing Technology, Inc.          Utah

Federal Products Co.                                             Delaware
        Federal Products U.K.                                    Delaware

Hytek Finishes Co.                                               Delaware

Korry Electronics Co.                                            Delaware

Mason Electric Co.                                               Delaware

Midcon Cables Co.                                                Delaware

TA Mfg. Co.                                                      California

W.A. Whitney Co.                                                 Illinois

Auxitrol Technologies S.A.                                       France
        Auxitrol S.A.                                            France

        The above list excludes certain subsidiaries that, considered in
the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a significant
subsidiary as of October 31, 1996.




                                                               Exhibit 23


                      INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT


We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement
No. 2-89293, No. 33- 22321, No. 33-22322, No. 33-37134, No. 33-52851, No.
33-58281 and No. 33-58375 of Esterline Technologies Corporation on Form
S-8 and No. 33-62625 on Form S-3 of our report dated December 11, 1996
appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Esterline Technologies
Corporation for the year ended October 31, 1996.


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Seattle, Washington
January 29, 1997




                                                           EXHIBIT 10.16e


                    ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
              LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN--CYCLE V
                      FISCAL YEARS 1995 through 1998



PURPOSE OF PLAN

This Plan is for the fiscal years 1995 through 1998 and is intended to
provide a program to retain and compensate Esterline officers based on
the long-term performance of Esterline Technologies. The Plan is designed
to reward successful management employment of Esterline's resources to
achieve superior performance, measured by: (1) continuous increase in
Esterline earnings, and (2) increase in the long-term return on
shareholders' equity.

MEMBERSHIP IN PLAN

Esterline officers shall be eligible for membership in the Plan after
appointment and return of a signed acceptance of the appointment letter
specifying the member's award level.

The Plan may be modified, amended or terminated at any time; but any such
modification, amendment or termination shall not, without a member's
written consent, affect his/her incentive compensation accrued prior to
such modification, amendment or termination of the Plan. Nothing in this
Plan limits Esterline from exercising the right to terminate an employee
at any time for any reason.

APPOINTMENTS AND PERFORMANCE TARGETS

Each appointee to the Plan shall be entitled to incentive compensation
based on Esterline's combined performance on two equally weighted
specific criteria adjusted for relative industry performance of
Esterline's "industry peer group" (see Exhibit 1). Additionally, if
directed, the above computed awards for officers may be further adjusted,
up or down, by the Compensation & Stock Option Committee of the Board of
Directors by an amount not to exceed the greater of 25% of the computed
award or target award, whichever is greater.

The industry peer group criteria are:

A.      Cumulative earnings per share for the four years ending October
        31, 1998, excluding any gains or losses from the divestiture of
        any primary operating subsidiary.

        All earnings per share computations shall be adjusted for stock
        dividends, splits or reverse splits. The four-year earnings per
        share target is $5.66 if the average annualized growth rate
        achieved by Esterline's industry peer group is 9% to 13%. (See
        Attachment A for other targets for varying levels of industry
        peer group performance.)

B.      Average return on common shareholders' equity for the four years
        ending October 31, 1998.

        The four-year mathematical average shall be based on each year's
        audited beginning and ending common shareholders' equity,
        excluding any amounts for any preferred shares.

        *      The minimum return on equity criteria is three percentage
               points less than the four-year return on shareholders'
               equity of Esterline's industry peer group.

        *      The target return on equity criteria is one percentage
               point more than the four-year return on shareholders'
               equity of Esterline's industry peer group.

        *      The maximum return on equity criteria is four percentage
               points more than the four-year return on shareholders'
               equity of Esterline's industry peer group.

No award will be earned for a target if the performance is less than
minimum. No additional award will be earned for any performance above the
maximum. Awards will be prorated for other performance levels.

COMPUTATION OF FOUR-YEAR AWARDS

Esterline's performance is calculated relative to each performance target
individually. Achievement of each criteria at the target level earns 100%
of the individual's total award--50% for each performance target. (See
Attachment B for award percentages at the target, less than minimum,
minimum and maximum levels for each performance target.) Awards for
performance between a target and its minimum or between a target and its
maximum will be prorated.

BASIS FOR COMPUTATION OF PARTIAL PAYMENTS

                                                     Cumulative
        Four-Year Relative                         Earned Performance
        Performance Basis                       of Four-Year Award Level

        Estimated based on                             1/3
        FY 1995 & 1996 actuals

        Estimated based on
        FY 1995, 1996 & 1997 actuals                   2/3

PAYMENT OF AWARDS

Payment shall be made at three intervals in the cycle. Partial payment
shall be computed based on the latest estimate of the four-year outcome
and shall be paid after completion of fiscal 1996 and 1997; these
payments shall be made no later than March 1, 1997 and March 1, 1998,
respectively. Final payment shall be made after completion of fiscal
1998, and no later than March 1, 1999.

The amount of each payment, if any, shall be the amount earned for the
cumulative performance for the cycle-to-date period less any amounts
previously paid. Partial payments, once paid, are not refundable to
Esterline Technologies.

A Plan member must be an employee on October 31, 1996, 1997 or 1998 to
receive payment related to that portion of the Cycle. However, if an
employee's participation in the Plan is terminated during any Plan year
due to normal retirement, death or disability, a pro rata share of
his/her award will be determined after completion of fiscal 1998, and
paid no later than March 1, 1999. In the case of death, payments shall be
made to his/her estate.



/s/ W. P. Hurlbut
- -----------------
W. P. Hurlbut
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer



ATTACHMENT A


                    ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
              LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN--CYCLE V

                    ADJUSTMENTS FOR VARYING LEVELS OF
                     INDUSTRY PEER GROUP PERFORMANCE


                         EPS PERFORMANCE TARGETS



         Average Annual              EPS       Minimum EPS      Maximum EPS
Compounded EPS Growth Rate       Performance   Performance      Performance
     of Industry Peer Group        Targets       Targets          Targets

        Less than 4%                $4.66         $3.65            $6.37

        4 - 9%                       5.16          4.15             6.87

        9 - 13% (A)                  5.66          4.65             7.37

        More than 13%                6.16          5.15             7.87



(A) Esterline base EPS target.




EXHIBIT 1


                      ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
                LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN--CYCLE V


                              INDUSTRY PEER GROUP


                                  Value Line
                                Industry Group*


                                Machine Tool

                                Computer and Peripherals

                                Electronics

                                Aerospace/Defense


*As reported by Value Line in their latest report at time of calculation of
 awards under the cycle.



ATTACHMENT B


                    ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
              LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN--CYCLE V

            PERCENTAGE OF APPOINTEE'S AWARD EARNED AT VARYING
                      LEVELS OF COMPANY PERFORMANCE



Performance
Relative to            % of Award        % of Award     Total % of Appointee's
Target Level         from ROE Target   from EPS Target       Award Earned

Less than Minimum         0%                0%                   0%

Minimum Level             12.5              12.5                 25

Target Level              50                50                  100

Maximum Level            100               100                  200





                                                           EXHIBIT 10.16f

                    ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
             LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN--CYCLE VI
                      FISCAL YEARS 1996 through 1999



PURPOSE OF PLAN

This Plan is for the fiscal years 1996 through 1999 and is intended to
provide a program to retain and compensate Esterline officers based on
the long-term performance of Esterline Technologies. The Plan is designed
to reward successful management employment of Esterline's resources to
achieve superior performance, measured by: (1) continuous increase in
Esterline earnings, and (2) increase in the long-term return on
shareholders' equity.

MEMBERSHIP IN PLAN

Esterline officers shall be eligible for membership in the Plan after
appointment and return of a signed acceptance of the appointment letter
specifying the member's award level.

The Plan may be modified, amended or terminated at any time; but any such
modification, amendment or termination shall not, without a member's
written consent, affect his/her incentive compensation accrued prior to
such modification, amendment or termination of the Plan. Nothing in this
Plan limits Esterline from exercising the right to terminate an employee
at any time for any reason.

APPOINTMENTS AND PERFORMANCE TARGETS

Each appointee to the Plan shall be entitled to incentive compensation
based on Esterline's combined performance on two equally weighted
specific criteria adjusted for relative industry performance of
Esterline's "industry peer group" (see Exhibit 1). Additionally, if
directed, the above computed awards for officers may be further adjusted,
up or down, by the Compensation & Stock Option Committee of the Board of
Directors by an amount not to exceed the greater of 25% of the computed
award or target award, whichever is greater.

The industry peer group criteria are:


A.      Cumulative earnings per share for the four years ending
        October 31, 1999, excluding any gains or losses from the
        divestiture of any primary operating subsidiary.

        All earnings per share computations shall be adjusted for stock
        dividends, splits or reverse splits. The four-year earnings per
        share target is $7.50 if the average annualized growth rate
        achieved by Esterline's industry peer group is 9% to 13%. (See
        Attachment A for other targets for varying levels of industry
        peer group performance.)

B.      Average return on common shareholders' equity for the four
        years ending October 31,  1999.

        The four-year mathematical average shall be based on each year's
        audited beginning and ending common shareholders' equity,
        excluding any amounts for any preferred shares.

        *      The minimum return on equity criteria is three percentage
               points less than the four-year return on shareholders'
               equity of Esterline's industry peer group.

        *      The target return on equity criteria is one percentage
               point more than the four-year return on shareholders'
               equity of Esterline's industry peer group.

        *      The maximum return on equity criteria is four percentage
               points more than the four-year return on shareholders'
               equity of Esterline's industry peer group.

No award will be earned for a target if the performance is less than
minimum. No additional award will be earned for any performance above the
maximum. Awards will be prorated for other performance levels.

COMPUTATION OF FOUR-YEAR AWARDS

Esterline's performance is calculated relative to each performance target
individually. Achievement of each criteria at the target level earns 100%
of the individual's total award--50% for each performance target. (See
Attachment B for award percentages at the target, less than minimum,
minimum and maximum levels for each performance target.) Awards for
performance between a target and its minimum or between a target and its
maximum will be prorated.

BASIS FOR COMPUTATION OF PARTIAL PAYMENTS

                                                         Cumulative
        Four-Year Relative                            Earned Performance
        Performance Basis                          of Four-Year Award Level

        Estimated based on                                  1/3
        FY 1996 & 1997 actuals

        Estimated based on
        FY 1996, 1997 & 1998 actuals                        2/3

PAYMENT OF AWARDS

Payment shall be made at three intervals in the cycle. Partial payment
shall be computed based on the latest estimate of the four-year outcome
and shall be paid after completion of fiscal 1997 and 1998; these
payments shall be made no later than March 1, 1998 and March 1, 1999,
respectively. Final payment shall be made after completion of fiscal
1999, and no later than March 1, 2000.

The amount of each payment, if any, shall be the amount earned for the
cumulative performance for the cycle-to-date period less any amounts
previously paid. Partial payments, once paid, are not refundable to
Esterline Technologies.

A Plan member must be an employee on October 31, 1997, 1998 or 1999 to
receive payment related to that portion of the Cycle. However, if an
employee's participation in the Plan is terminated during any Plan year
due to normal retirement, death or disability, a pro rata share of
his/her award will be determined after completion of fiscal 1999, and
paid no later than March 1, 2000. In the case of death, payments shall be
made to his/her estate.



/s/ W. P. Hurlbut
- -----------------
W. P. Hurlbut
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer




ATTACHMENT A

                    ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
             LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN--CYCLE VI

                    ADJUSTMENTS FOR VARYING LEVELS OF
                     INDUSTRY PEER GROUP PERFORMANCE


                         EPS PERFORMANCE TARGETS


         Average Annual              EPS        Minimum EPS     Maximum EPS
Compounded EPS Growth Rate       Performance    Performance     Performance
     of Industry Peer Group        Targets        Targets         Targets

        Less than 4%                $4.60           $6.30          $8.80

        4 - 9%                       5.20            6.90           9.40

        9 - 13% (A)                  5.80            7.50          10.00

        More than 13%                6.40            8.10          10.60



(A) Esterline base EPS target.



EXHIBIT 1


                      ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
                LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN--CYCLE VI


                              INDUSTRY PEER GROUP



                                  Value Line
                                Industry Group*


                                Machine Tool

                                Computer and Peripherals

                                Electronics

                                Aerospace/Defense



*As reported by Value Line in their latest report at time of calculation of
 awards under the cycle.



ATTACHMENT B

                    ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
             LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN--CYCLE VI

            PERCENTAGE OF APPOINTEE'S AWARD EARNED AT VARYING
                      LEVELS OF COMPANY PERFORMANCE



Performance
Relative to            % of Award         % of Award    Total % of Appointee's
Target Level         from ROE Target   from EPS Target       Award Earned

Less than Minimum         0%                 0%                  0%

Minimum Level             12.5               12.5                25

Target Level              50                 50                 100

Maximum Level            100                100                 200



                                                           EXHIBIT 10.20c

                    ESTERLINE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

             CORPORATE MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

                             FISCAL YEAR 1997



PURPOSE OF PLAN

This Plan is intended to reward eligible officers and key employees of
Esterline's corporate staff for successful management in fiscal year
1997. It is believed that the Plan will provide incentives to put forth
maximum efforts to employ Esterline's assets effectively.

MEMBERSHIP IN PLAN

Officers and key employees of the Esterline corporate staff shall be
eligible for membership in the Plan after appointment and return of a
signed acceptance of the appointment letter.

The Plan may be modified, amended or terminated at any time; but any such
modification, amendment or termination shall not, without a member's
written consent, affect his/her incentive compensation accrued prior to
such modification, amendment or termination of the Plan. Nothing in this
Plan limits Esterline from exercising the right to terminate an employee
at any time for any reason.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.      Individual participants payouts will vary from 5% to 60%, as
        stipulated in his/her appointment letter, of fiscal year-end 1997
        salary. These target nomination awards will be earned if earnings
        per share of $2.51 are achieved.

2.      Actual earnings per share will be as audited before extraordinary
        items for the year ending October 31, 1997.

3.      Awards will be pro-rated for performance and will be interpolated
        on the following basis.

                EPS                             Award
        Below $2.51                  Pro-rata share of target award
        At $2.51 performance         100% of target award
        120% or more of $2.51        150% of target award

4.      Actual individual payouts earned from earnings per share
        computations are limited to 150% of target nomination.

5.      If directed, computed awards for officers may be further
        adjusted, up or down, by the Compensation & Stock Option
        Committee of the Board of Directors by an amount not to exceed
        greater than 25% of the computed award or target award for the
        Plan, whichever is greater.

6.      Payout of awards will be no later than March 1, 1998 if the
        auditors have issued an opinion; otherwise payout is delayed
        until an opinion is issued for FY 1997.

7.      If a Plan member is terminated for any reason other than death or
        disability prior to the end of fiscal 1997, he/she shall not
        receive the benefits provided by the Plan. (However, Esterline
        retains the right to grant a pro-rata award to a terminated
        employee, based upon salary earned prior to termination, except
        those terminated for cause.)

        a.     If the company in its sole discretion specifically
               determines that the employment of a Plan member has been
               terminated prior to the end of such fiscal year because of
               disability, the Plan member will be paid a pro-rata amount
               based on the time he/she was a Plan member prior to
               his/her termination for disability.

        b.     For any Plan member who dies prior to the end of
               Esterline's fiscal 1997, a pro-rata amount based on the
               time he/she was a Plan member prior to the date of death
               will be paid to his/her estate.

8.      An employee who becomes a Plan member as of a date after the
        beginning of Esterline's fiscal 1997 will be paid a pro-rata
        amount based on the time the employee participates in the Plan.



/s/ Wendell P. Hurlbut
- ----------------------
Wendell P. Hurlbut
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer



<TABLE> <S> <C>

     <ARTICLE>           5
     <LEGEND>            The Schedule Contains Summary Financial
                         Information Extracted From the Esterline
                         Technologies Corporation Consolidated Balance
                         Sheets at October 31, 1996 and the Related
                         Consolidated Statements of Operations for the
                         Twelve Months then Ended and is Qualified in its
                         Entirety by Reference to Such Financial
                         Statements.
     <MULTIPLIER>        1,000
            
     <S>                                <C>
     <FISCAL-YEAR-END>                  OCT-31-1996
     <PERIOD-START>                     NOV-01-1995
     <PERIOD-END>                       OCT-31-1996
     <PERIOD-TYPE>                           12-MOS
     <CASH>                                  46,436
     <SECURITIES>                                 0
     <RECEIVABLES>                           73,204
     <ALLOWANCES>                             4,084
     <INVENTORY>                             45,399
     <CURRENT-ASSETS>                       178,780
     <PP&E>                                 160,303
     <DEPRECIATION>                         106,813
     <TOTAL-ASSETS>                         276,646
     <CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                  105,335
     <BONDS>                                 29,007
                             0
                                       0
     <COMMON>                                 1,700
     <OTHER-SE>                             140,604
     <TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>           276,646
     <SALES>                                352,843
     <TOTAL-REVENUES>                       352,843
     <CGS>                                  215,015
     <TOTAL-COSTS>                          215,015
     <OTHER-EXPENSES>                       103,415
     <LOSS-PROVISION>                             0
     <INTEREST-EXPENSE>                       2,339
     <INCOME-PRETAX>                         32,074
     <INCOME-TAX>                            10,720
     <INCOME-CONTINUING>                     21,354
     <DISCONTINUED>                               0
     <EXTRAORDINARY>                              0
     <CHANGES>                                    0
     <NET-INCOME>                            21,354
     <EPS-PRIMARY>                             2.61
     <EPS-DILUTED>                             2.61
             



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission